#1G5562-90000C Bravo UG S EN PDF

Bravo Platform
User Guide
For Research Use Only. Not for use in

diagnostic procedures.
Original Instructions

Notices
© Agilent Technologies, Inc. 2018 Warranty (June1987) or DFAR 252.227-7015 (b)(2)
(November 1995), as applicable in any
No part of this manual may be reproduced The material contained in this docu- technical data.
in any form or by any means (including
ment is provided “as is,” and is sub-
electronic storage and retrieval or Safety Noticies
ject to being changed, without notice,
translation into a foreign language) without
prior agreement and written consent from in future editions. Further, to the max- A WARNING notice denotes a
Agilent Technologies, Inc. as governed by imum extent permitted by applicable hazard. It calls attention to an
United States and international copyright law, Agilent disclaims all warranties, operating procedure, practice, or the
laws. either express or implied, with regard like that, if not correctly performed or
to this manual and any information adhered to, could result in personal
User Guide Part Number contained herein, including but not injury or death. Do not proceed
G5562-90000 limited to the implied warranties of beyond a WARNING notice until the
merchantability and fitness for a par- indicated conditions are fully
Edition ticular purpose. Agilent shall not be understood and met.
liable for errors or for incidental or
Revision C, April 2018 A CAUTION notice denotes a hazard. It
consequential damages in connection
calls attention to an operating procedure,
Contact Information with the furnishing, use, or perfor-
practice, or the like that, if not correctly
mance of this document or of any
Technical Support and Customer Service: performed or adhered to, could result in
information contained herein. Should
Go to https://www.agilent.com and click damage to the product or loss of important
Agilent and the user have a separate data. Do not proceed beyond a CAUTION
CONTACT US for your country
representative. written agreement with warranty notice until the indicated conditions are
terms covering the material in this fully understood and met.
Documentation feedback: document that conflict with these
[email protected] terms, the warranty terms in the sep-
Web: arate agreement shall control.
http://www.agilent.com/en-us/products/
automation-solutions Technology Licenses
The hardware and/or software described in
Acknowledgements this document are furnished under a
Adobe® and Acrobat® are trademarks of license and may be used or copied only in
Adobe Systems Incorporated. accordance with the terms of such license.
Microsoft® and Windows® are either Restricted Rights Legend

registered trademarks or trademarks of the
Microsoft Corporation in the United States If software is for use in the performance of
and other countries. a U.S. Government prime contract or
subcontract, Software is delivered and
licensed as “Commercial computer
software” as defined in DFAR 252.227-7014
(June 1995), or as a “commercial item” as
defined in FAR 2.101(a) or as “Restricted
computer software” as defined in FAR
52.227-19 (June 1987) or any equivalent
agency regulation or contract clause. Use,
duplication or disclosure of Software is
subject to Agilent Technologies’ standard
commercial license terms, and non-DOD
Departments and Agencies of the U.S.
Government will receive no greater than
Restricted Rights as defined in FAR 52.227-
19(c)(1-2) (June 1987). U.S. Government
users will receive no greater than Limited
Rights as defined in FAR 52.227-14
Contents
Preface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . vii
About this guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . viii
Accessing product user information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xi
1. Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Safety notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
About the Bravo Platform . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Hardware overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Connection panel description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Liquid-handling heads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Software overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
2. Setting up the Bravo Platform . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17

Workflow for setting up the Bravo Platform. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Starting up and shutting down . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Creating or adding a Bravo device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Opening Bravo Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Creating and managing profiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Initializing the Bravo Platform. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Setting teachpoints. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Verifying the gripper setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Configuring external robot access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
3. Preparing for a protocol run . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57

Workflow for preparing a protocol run. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Emergency stops. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Planning for the protocol run. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
About performing dry runs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
4. Maintenance and troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61

Routine maintenance and cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Cleaning up after a run . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Changing the Bravo head. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Testing the safety equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Replacing the fuse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Retracting tip box stripper pins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Manually moving the head or gripper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Recovering from a head collision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Troubleshooting hardware problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Troubleshooting hardware-related error messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Reporting problems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Bravo Platform User Guide iii

Contents
5. Using diagnostics software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93

Homing the liquid-handling head . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Jogging the liquid-handling head. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Using the Move and Approach commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
Using the gripper controls. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Performing a task using Diagnostics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
A. Accessories and platepads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107

Bravo accessories overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Installing and setting up an Orbital Shaking Station. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
Using the teach plate to set the teachpoint for an accessory. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Installing and setting up a Vacuum Filtration Station. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Setting up a Trash or Filter Plate Holder accessory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
Configuring a platepad for delidding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
Installing and configuring a platepad or Alignment Station . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Installing and configuring a Magnetic Bead Accessory. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
Installing and setting up a Nested Rack Insert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
Using the Manual Fill Reservoir . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
Setting up the Thermal Station (cooling pad) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
Installing a Heating Shaking Station . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Setting up thermal and shaking stations (Inheco controller) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
Installing and configuring the Peltier Thermal Station. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
(Bravo SRT only) Setting up an LT tip box location. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
B. Autofilling accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177

Autofilling station overview and setup workflow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
Configuring an autofilling station for the Bravo Platform . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
Setting up a Weigh Station for the Bravo Platform. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
C. Setting up the Barcode Reader . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187

About setting up the Barcode Reader. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
Installing or removing the Barcode Reader . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
Creating a profile for the Barcode Reader . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
Specifying the Barcode Reader location. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
Testing and optimizing barcode scanning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
D. AssayMAP Bravo Platform . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199

AssayMAP Bravo Platform overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
Bravo 96AM Head overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
AssayMAP cartridge overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
About installing the AssayMAP Bravo Platform . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
Installing and using the Bravo 96AM Head . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
Installing the 96AM Wash Station. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
Turning on the AssayMAP Bravo Platform . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
Setting up the AssayMAP Bravo Platform . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
Verifying the profile settings for the AssayMAP Bravo Platform . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
Verifying the AssayMAP Autofill Station configuration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234
iv
Bravo Platform User Guide
Contents
Verifying the AssayMAP Peltier Thermal Station configuration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236

Verifying the AssayMAP Orbital Shaking Station configuration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
Testing the AssayMAP accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
Teaching part 1: Setting teachpoints in the AssayMAP 1 profile . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244
Teaching part 2: Adjusting AssayMAP teachpoints for accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
Teaching part 3: Updating the other profiles based on AssayMAP 1. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255
Adjusting the gripper offset for AssayMAP profiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
Manually updating teachpoints in each AssayMAP profile. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260
Adjusting the teachpoint for the Bravo Plate Riser. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
Adjusting the Peltier Thermal Station for the red PCR plate insert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264
Verifying the setup in the Protein Sample Prep Workbench . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
Opening the Workbench and accessing the utilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
Requirements for partial-head liquid handling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
E. Diagnostics quick reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275

Diagnostics dialog box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
Configuration tab quick reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277
Accessory Diagnostics dialog box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280
External Robots tab quick reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281
IO tab quick reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282
Jog/Teach tab quick reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284
Gripper tab quick reference. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288
Profiles tab quick reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291
Processes tab quick reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295
Aspirate task parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299
Dispense task parameters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
Dispense to Waste task parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304
Mix task parameters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307
Pump Reagent parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310
Shake task parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311
Vacuum Filtration Station task parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313
Wash Tips task parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316
Pin Tool task parameters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320
AM Aspirate task parameters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323
AM Dispense task parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328
AM Mix task parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333
Bravo Platform User Guide v

Contents
vi
Bravo Platform User Guide
Bravo Platform
User Guide
Preface
This guide describes how to use the Bravo Automated Liquid
Handling Platform, also known as the Bravo Platform.
This preface contains the following topics:
• “About this guide” on page viii
• “Accessing product user information” on page xi
vii

About this guide
About this guide
Who should read this guide

This user guide is for people with the following job roles:
Job role Responsibilities

Installer Unpacks, installs, and tests the device before it is used.
Integrator Configures hardware and writes software.
Lab manager, • Manages the automation system that contains the

administrator, device
or technician • Develops the applications that are run on the system
• Develops training materials and standard operating
procedures for operators
Operator Performs the daily production work on the device and

solves routine problems.
What this guide covers

This guide covers the description, setup, operation, and maintenance of the
Bravo Platform, including the following models:
• G5562A, G5563A Bravo Platform (RoHS- compliant)
• G5523A/G Bravo Platform
This guide does not provide instructions for unpacking and installation. For
more information about these topics, see the relevant user guides for these
products.
What is new in this revision

and
Feature and description See…

Revised the routine teachpoint inspection “Routine maintenance and
schedule. cleaning” on page 62
Revised the procedure for connecting the “Connecting to house vacuum

tubing of the Vacuum Filtration Station with the pinch- valve module” on
when connecting to house vacuum using page 124
the pinch- valve module.
viii Bravo Platform User Guide

About this guide
Feature and description See…

Reorganized the teaching and verification • “Teaching part 1: Setting
workflow for the AssayMAP Bravo teachpoints in the
Platform. AssayMAP 1 profile” on
page 244
• “Teaching part 2: Adjusting
AssayMAP teachpoints for
accessories” on page 249
• “Teaching part 3: Updating
the other profiles based on
AssayMAP 1” on page 255
• “Adjusting the gripper offset
for AssayMAP profiles” on
page 259
• “Verifying the setup in the
Protein Sample Prep
Workbench” on page 266
G5562A, G5563A Bravo Platform

The G5562A, G5563A Bravo Platform (RoHS- compliant) has some different
internal electronics than the earlier model G5523A/G Bravo Platform, but the
two models function in the same manner.
The G5562A, G5563A Bravo Platform also differs from the earlier model Bravo
Platform in the following ways:
• Fuse specification
• No serial port
The connection to the host computer is through Ethernet only.
• Supported liquid- handling heads
Only the 96LT, 96ST, and 384ST disposable- tip heads, Bravo 96AM Head,
and the 96- pin, 384- pin, and 1536- pin Pin Tools are supported.
Software version
This guide documents Bravo Diagnostics version 19.1, which is included in the
VWorks Automation Control software v13.1 installer.
The G5562A, G5563A Bravo Platform requires the following software versions
at a minimum:
• Microsoft Windows 10 64- bit operating system
• VWorks Automation Control software v13.1
The earlier model G5523A/G Bravo Platform is validated on the Microsoft
Windows 7 and Windows 10 64- bit operating systems.
Bravo Platform User Guide ix

About this guide
Related guides
Use this guide in conjunction with the following:
• G5562A, G5563A Bravo Platform Safety and Installation Guide. Describes
potential safety hazards and how to avoid them, how to install the device,
and how to install the Light Curtain and shields.
For earlier model devices, see the Bravo Automated Liquid Handling
Platform Safety and Installation Guide.
• Automation Solutions Products General Safety Guide. Provides general
safety information and describes potential safety hazards that you might
encounter when using Automation Solutions products. A copy of this safety
guide is included with your shipment.
• VWorks Automation Control Setup Guide. Explains how to define labware
and labware classes, liquid classes, and pipetting techniques, and how to
track and manage labware in storage.
• VWorks Automation Control User Guide. Explains how to create protocols,
and set task parameters for each device in the system.
If you are using the Bravo 96AM Head, see “AssayMAP Bravo Platform” on
page 199.
If the Bravo Platform is a device in a third- party system, see the relevant
third- party system guides.
Related information
For more information about... See...

How to access different “Accessing product user information” on
formats of this user guide page xi
Reporting problems “Reporting problems” on page 90
Bravo Platform safety G5562A, G5563A Bravo Platform Safety

information and Installation Guide
x Bravo Platform User Guide

Accessing product user information
About this topic

This topic describes the different formats of user information and explains how
to access it for the Agilent Automation Solutions products.
Where to find user information

The Automation Solutions user information is available in the following
locations:
• Knowledge base. The help system that contains information about all the
Automation Solutions products is available from the Help menu within the
VWorks software.
• PDF files. The PDF files of the user guides are installed with the VWorks
software and are on the software CD that is supplied with the product. A
PDF viewer is required to open a user guide in PDF format. You can
download a free PDF viewer from the internet. For information about using
PDF documents, see the user documentation for the PDF viewer.
• Agilent website. You can search the online knowledge base or download the
latest version of any PDF file from the Agilent website at www.agilent.com/
chem/askb.
Accessing safety information

Safety information for the Agilent Automation Solutions devices appears in the
Automation Solutions Products General Safety Guide and in the
corresponding device safety guide or user guide.
You can also search the knowledge base or the PDF files for safety information.
Using the knowledge base

Knowledge base topics are displayed using web browser software such as
Microsoft Internet Explorer and Mozilla Firefox.
Note: If you want to use Internet Explorer to display the topics, you might
have to allow local files to run active content (scripts and ActiveX controls). To
do this, in Internet Explorer, open the Internet Options dialog box. Click the
Advanced tab, locate the Security section, and select Allow active content to run in
files on my computer.
To open the knowledge base, do one of the following:

• From within VWorks software, select Help > Knowledge Base or press F1.
• From the Windows desktop, do one of the following:
– Windows 10. Select Start > All Apps > Agilent Technologies > VWorks
Knowledge Base.
– Windows 7. Select Start > All Programs > Agilent Technologies > VVWorks >
User Guides > VWorks Knowledge Base.
Bravo Platform User Guide xi

Opening the help topic for an area in the VWorks window
To access the context-sensitive help feature:
1 In the main window of the VWorks software, click the help button .
The pointer changes to . Notice that the different icons or areas are
highlighted as you move the pointer over them.
2 Click an icon or area of interest. The relevant topic or document opens.
xii Bravo Platform User Guide

Features in the Knowledge Base window
Item Feature
1 Navigation area. Consists of four tabs:
• Contents. Lists all the books and the table of contents of the
books.
• Index. Displays the index entries of all of the books.
• Search. Allows you to search the Knowledge Base (all products)
using keywords. You can narrow the search by product.
• Favorites. Contains bookmarks you have created.
2 Navigation buttons. Enable you to navigate through the next or

previous topics listed in the Contents tab.
3 Content area. Displays the selected online help topic.
4 Toolbar buttons. Enable you to print the topic or send documentation

feedback by email.
Bravo Platform User Guide xiii

Related information

Related documents “About this guide” on page viii
Site requirements for installation G5562A, G5563A Bravo Platform

Safety and Installation Guide
xiv Bravo Platform User Guide

Bravo Platform
User Guide
1
Introduction
This chapter gives you an overview of the Bravo Platform and
contains the following topics:
• “Safety notes” on page 2
• “About the Bravo Platform” on page 3
• “Hardware overview” on page 5
• “Connection panel description” on page 9
• “Liquid- handling heads” on page 11
• “Software overview” on page 14
1

1 Introduction
Safety notes
Safety notes
WARNING Using controls, making adjustments, or performing procedures other than
those specified in the user documentation can expose you to moving-parts hazards and
hazardous voltage. Before using the Bravo Platform, make sure you are aware of the
potential hazards and understand how to avoid being exposed to them.
Ensure you have read the G5562A, G5563A Bravo Platform Safety and
Installation Guide and are trained in the safe operation of the device.
Figure Bravo Platform (front view)
Related information
For more information about… See…

Safety precautions • Automation Solutions Products General
Safety Guide
• Safety and installation guide for your
model Bravo Platform, for example,
G5562A, G5563A Bravo Platform Safety
and Installation Guide
Stopping in an emergency “Emergency stops” on page 58
2 Bravo Platform User Guide

1 Introduction
About the Bravo Platform
Product description
The Bravo Platform is a versatile liquid handler with a nine plate- location deck
that is suitable for handling 96- well, 384- well, and 1536- well microplates
(plates). The platform uses interchangeable liquid- handling heads.
Figure Bravo Platform front view with optional gripper holding a microplate
Ways to use the Bravo Platform

The Bravo Platform can be used in the following ways:
• As a single device controlled by a computer
• Integrated with other devices in a lab automation system
For example, when used as a single device, it can be placed in a laminar flow
hood for use with cell- based applications or handling potentially hazardous
materials.
As an integrated device in a lab automation system, it can be used to prepare
microplates for high- throughput screening or other automated process. Note
that when used with other devices, you can take advantage of the gripper
feature to automate microplate pickup and placement.
Bravo Platform User Guide 3

1 Introduction
Related information
For information about... See...

Pipette head “Liquid- handling heads” on page 11
Components “Hardware overview” on page 5
Accessories “Bravo accessories overview” on

page 108
Laboratory requirements Installation guide for your Bravo

model:
• G5562A, G5563A Bravo Platform
• Bravo Automated Liquid Handling
Platform Safety and Installation
Guide
Safety • Automation Solutions Products

General Safety Guide
• Safety and installation guide for
your model Bravo Platform, for
example, G5562A, G5563A Bravo
Guide

1 Introduction
Hardware overview
Hardware overview
About this topic

This topic describes the Bravo Platform primary hardware components and the
axes of motion.
Primary hardware components

The following figure and table describe the primary Bravo hardware
components.
Figure Bravo Platform components (front view)
1 1
2
3
7
6
8
Item Feature Description

1 Indicator The two light panels that display color- coded status of the Bravo Platform:
lights
• (solid blue). The Bravo Platform is turned on and in standby mode.
• (flashing green). The software is running a protocol on the Bravo

Platform.
• (flashing orange). The software has initialized the Bravo Platform

and Bravo Diagnostics is open.
• (flashing red). The software has encountered an error while running

a protocol or the interlock circuit is tripped.

1 Introduction
Hardware overview

2 Power The switch on the right side of the rear wall that turns on (I) and off (O) the
switch Bravo Platform.
3 Head mount The fixture that provides the mechanical connections and communication
inferface for the liquid- handing head. The head mount attaches to an arm
that extends from the Bravo rear wall of the tie bar. The head mount travels
along the arm between the front and back of the deck (y- axis). The arm
moves the head mount from side to side across the deck (x- axis). For details,
see Axes of motion.
You can move the head mount manually while the Bravo Platform is turned
off.
4 Tie bar The vertical bar at the front of the device that adds structural support to the
Bravo head mount. The tie bar moves at high speed from side to side (x- axis)
across the front of the Bravo deck whenever the head moves to a deck
location.
5 Liquid- The platform uses interchangeable Bravo- compatible heads, including

handling disposable- tip heads, the Bravo 96AM Head for AssayMAP cartridges, and pin
head tools.
The following figures shows an example of a disposable- tip head.
Figure Series III disposable-tip head
6 Emergency- The pendant that contains the red emergency- stop button. To stop in an
stop emergency, press the red button. All Bravo motion stops.
pendant
7 Gripper An optional gripper that extends from the head mount to below the pipette
head tips. The gripper picks and places labware on the deck.

1 Introduction
Hardware overview

8 Deck The area that is accessible by the liquid- handling head. The deck supports
nine deck locations that are numbered 1–3 (back row), 4–6 (middle row), and
7–9 (front row).
Each deck location holds a platepad or an accessory. The Bravo Platform
ships with nine platepads, one on each location. You may remove a deck-
mounted platepad to install certain accessories.
Figure Nine deck locations (top view)
1 00240
2 3
Bravo
Plate Orientation
4 5 6
7 8 9
00240
Axes of motion
The Bravo Platform has components that move in the x- , y- , and z- axes, as the
following figure shows.
Figure Bravo Platform primary axes of motion
00232
Bravo
Pinch Hazard
Y
X
00232
If the Bravo Platform is fitted with a gripper, the gripper moves with the
Bravo head. In addition, the gripper has the following axes of motion:
1 Introduction
Hardware overview
• G- axis. The opening and closing distance of the gripper fingers, which
enable the gripper to grip and release labware.
• Zg- axis. The vertical distance the gripper arm moves, which enables the
gripper to extend beyond the pipette head.
Figure Bravo gripper assembly axes of motion
G Zg
The motion of the displacement of the pipettor inside a liquid- handling head is
referred to as the w- axis (not shown).
Related information

Pipette head “Liquid- handling heads” on page 11
Connection panel “Connection panel description” on page 9
Accessories “Bravo accessories overview” on page 108
Laboratory requirements Installation guide for your Bravo model:

• G5562A, G5563A Bravo Platform
• Bravo Automated Liquid Handling
Guide
AssayMAP Bravo Platform “AssayMAP Bravo Platform” on page 199

1 Introduction
Connection panel description
Bravo rear connection panel

The following figure and table describe the connection panel at the rear of the
Bravo Platform.
Figure Connection panel on back of Bravo Platform
1 2 3 4
00220
Bravo
Back
220c

1 Ethernet port Connects the Ethernet card in the controlling
computer to the Bravo Platform.

1 Introduction

2 Pendant port Connects the emergency- stop pendant and a Bravo
light curtain to the Bravo safety interlock circuit.
The connection is made through the junction box
for a standalone Bravo Platform. For an integrated
Bravo Platform, the connection is made through a
main emergency- stop control, such as the Agilent
Automation Control Unit or Robot Disable Hub.
IMPORTANT The safety interlock circuit must be

closed for the Bravo Platform to operate.
3 Fuse holder Houses the AC inlet fuse and a spare fuse for the
Bravo Platform.
4 AC power Connects the Bravo power cord to an AC outlet

entry with a grounded circuit.
Pump I/O port

The following figure shows the Pump I/O port on the back of the Bravo
Platform. The table below describes the Pump I/O port in detail.
Figure Pump I/O port (Bravo Platform back view)
00212c
Bravo
Acc_IO

1 Pump I/O port An RJ- 45 I/O port that connects the Pump
Module to the Bravo Platform. The connection is
made with a straight- through shielded Cat- 5 or
Cat- 6 (Ethernet) cable.
IMPORTANT This is not an Ethernet port.

1 Introduction
Liquid-handling heads
Related information

Connecting the Bravo Platform G5562A, G5563A Bravo Platform
The pendant disable button “Emergency stops” on page 58
How to replace the fuse “Replacing the fuse” on page 75
Installing a Light Curtain G5562A, G5563A Bravo Platform

About this topic

The Bravo Platform uses interchangeable liquid- handling heads. This topic
describes the disposable- tip heads.
The Bravo Bravo 96AM Head is designed for running protocols that use the
AssayMAP Bravo cartridges. For details on the Bravo Bravo 96AM Head, see
“Bravo 96AM Head overview” on page 202.
The Bravo Platform can also mount a variety of pin tools for performing low-
volume transfers of fixed volumes. Contact your Agilent customer
representative for details.
Disposable-tip heads
Disposable- tip heads allow you to change pipette tips during a run to prevent
cross- contamination. The following table lists the disposable- tip heads available
for the Bravo Platform.
Head type Max volume Dispense into…

(Series III)
96LT 250 µL 96- well, 384- well microplates; single column
(8 wells) or row (12 wells)
96ST 70 µL 96- well, 384- well, 1536- well microplates; single

column (8 wells) or row (12 wells)
384ST 70 µL 384- well, 1536- well microplates; single column

(16 wells) or row (24 wells)
The 96- and 384- barrel heads can dispense fluid into all the wells in a
microplate simultaneously or into a single column, single row, or single well in
the microplate.

1 Introduction
The 96LT head use large transfer (LT) tips to dispense up to 250 µL per well.
The 96ST and 384ST heads use small transfer (ST) tips to dispense up to
70 µL per well.
IMPORTANT The microplate compatibility and maximum volume for a given

head is dependent on the pipette tip, for example, the ST 70 µL tip is not
compatible with a 1536- well microplate. For more details on the tips available
for each type of head, go to http://www.agilent.com/en- us/products/
automation- solutions/automated- liquid- handling/disposable- pipette- tips.
Figure 384-well disposable-tip head

Retainer pin
Pipette barrel
Tip box stripper pins
Serial dilution capabilities

You can use the 96- and 384- barrel heads for serial dilution tasks to dispense
fluid into single columns or single rows of a microplate. You do not need to
change heads during the task.
Note: When using the disposable- tip heads in serial- dilution mode, certain deck
locations are not accessible. For more details on serial dilution, see the
VWorks Automation Control User Guide.
Controlling the liquid-handling head

You use the VWorks software to control the disposable- tip heads and pin tools
for performing such tasks as:
• Calibrating volumes
• Controlling pipette speed
• Enabling tip touching
• Enabling dynamic tip extension and retraction

1 Introduction
Related information

Serial dilution VWorks Automation Control User
Guide
Removing one liquid- handling head “Changing the Bravo head” on page 65
and mounting a different head
Bravo 96AM Head for AssayMAP “Bravo 96AM Head overview” on

applications page 202
Controlling liquid- handling heads “Using diagnostics software” on

page 93

1 Introduction
Software overview
Software overview
About this topic

This topic describes the software components that you use to operate the
Bravo Platform.
VWorks software
You use the VWorks software to:
• Set up the system. You create device files for your specific set of devices.
You can also create user accounts with different levels of privileges to
enforce access policies.
• Define labware. Labware definitions describe the type and the geometry of
the labware that the devices will be handling during the protocol runs.
• Specify pipette speed and accuracy.
• Create protocols. Protocols determine the sequence of tasks that you want
to automate in a run.
• Run, pause, monitor, and stop protocols. You can start, pause, monitor, and
stop a protocol run from the host computer.
For detailed descriptions, see the VWorks Automation Control Setup Guide
and the VWorks Automation Control User Guide.
Bravo Diagnostics
Bravo Diagnostics is software that you open from within the VWorks software.
You use Bravo Diagnostics to do the following:
• Create Bravo profiles. Each profile specifies the following:
– Ethernet connection for the LAN communication
– Type of liquid- handling head
– Teachpoint settings. The teachpoints ensure the positional accuracy of
the pipette head and gripper, if included, at each deck location
– Deck configuration
– Whether the Bravo robot and an external robot can operate on the
Bravo deck concurrently
• Establish communication with the Bravo device using a Bravo profile.
• Verify that the device functions properly and troubleshoot problems. The
controls enable you to:
– Run tasks individually. For example, you can perform a Tips On or
Tips Off task independently of a protocol.
– Home the head and send the head to home position.
– Control the motions of an individual axis or disable the motors of
selected axes for manual moves.

1 Introduction
Software overview
Figure Bravo Diagnostics dialog box
Related information

Setting up the Bravo Platform “Workflow for setting up the Bravo
Platform” on page 18
Using Bravo Diagnostics “Using diagnostics software” on

page 93
VWorks software • VWorks Automation Control Setup

Guide
• VWorks Automation Control User
Guide

1 Introduction
Software overview

Bravo Platform
User Guide
2
Setting up the Bravo Platform
This chapter contains the following topics:
• “Workflow for setting up the Bravo Platform” on page 18
• “Starting up and shutting down” on page 19
• “Creating or adding a Bravo device” on page 21
• “Opening Bravo Diagnostics” on page 26
• “Creating and managing profiles” on page 28
• “Initializing the Bravo Platform” on page 33
• “Setting teachpoints” on page 36
• “Verifying the gripper setup” on page 43
• “Configuring external robot access” on page 48
17

2 Setting up the Bravo Platform
Workflow for setting up the Bravo Platform
Workflow for setting up the Bravo Platform
About this topic

This topic outlines the procedures to set up the Bravo Platform.
If you have an AssayMAP Bravo Platform, see “AssayMAP Bravo Platform” on
page 199.
Workflow
The general workflow for setting up the Bravo Platform is as follows:
Step Procedure See…

1 Start up the Bravo Platform. “Starting up and shutting down”
on page 19
2 Create a VWorks device file that “Creating or adding a Bravo

includes the Bravo device. device” on page 21
3 Create a Bravo profile for the “Creating and managing profiles”

specific Bravo Platform. on page 28
4 Initialize the device profile in “Initializing the Bravo Platform” on

Bravo Diagnostics to verify page 33
communication with the device.
5 Verify that the deck “Bravo accessories overview” on

configuration in the Bravo page 108
profile matches the physical
deck layout of platepads and
accessories. Configure any
accessories, such as an
autofilling reservoir.
6 Edit or set teachpoints for the “Setting teachpoints” on page 36

specific Bravo Platform.
7 If the Bravo Platform includes a “Verifying the gripper setup” on

gripper, verify the gripper y- axis page 43
offset.
8 If the Bravo Platform is “Configuring external robot access”

integrated with external robots, on page 48
specify the deck locations that
the external robots can access
and whether to allow concurrent
operations.
9 Save any changes that you made “Creating and managing profiles”
in steps 3–8 in the Bravo on page 28
profile.

Starting up and shutting down
About this topic

This topic describes how to start up and shut down the Bravo Platform when
you are operating it as a standalone device. For instructions on how to turn on
and turn off the Bravo Platform when it is integrated into a workstation or
system, see the workstation or system user documentation.
Starting up the Bravo Platform
CAUTION Always turn off the Bravo Platform before installing or uninstalling a liquid-
handling head. Failure to do so can damage the head electronics.
To start up the Bravo Platform:

1 Ensure that the main power cable and Ethernet are plugged into the
connection panel.
2 Turn on any accessories, for example, Pump Module.
3 Turn on the computer and the monitor, and start the Microsoft Windows
operating system.
4 If you have not already done so, install the liquid- handling head.
5 On the side of the Bravo Platform, press the power switch to the on (|)
position.
The front panel status lights turn blue.
Note: If the emergency- stop pendant is pressed or absent, the status
lights will turn red.
Figure Bravo status lights and power switch
6 Start the VWorks software.

Shutting down the Bravo Platform

Shut down the Bravo Platform before you:
• Clean the Bravo Platform
• Change the liquid- handling head
• Install accessories
• Move the Bravo Platform
To shut down the Bravo Platform:

1 If removing the liquid- handling head, ensure that the disposable tips are
removed.
2 Optionally, home the liquid- handling head.
3 Shut down the computer.
4 Turn off any accessories, for example, Pump Module.
5 If using an Auto Filling Reservoir, disconnect the bottles to prevent
siphoning.
6 On the side of the Bravo Platform, press the power switch to the off (o)
position.
7 If applicable, uninstall the liquid- handling head.
Related information

Initializing the Bravo device “Initializing the Bravo Platform” on
page 33
Turning on or off Bravo accessories “Bravo accessories overview” on

page 108


Creating or adding a Bravo device
About this topic

Read this topic if you are an administrator responsible for managing Agilent
Technologies devices that are controlled by the VWorks software. This topic
describes how to add and delete new Bravo devices in the VWorks software.
The VWorks software uses the information in a device file to communicate
with and operate devices within the lab automation system.
• If your computer was configured by Agilent Technologies. The correct
device configuration is already set up for communication with the Bravo
Platform. You are not required to create a new Bravo device in the
software unless you want to reference different profiles. To establish
communication, you must initialize the device.
• If you configured your own computer. You must add a device in the
VWorks software for each Bravo Platform in the system.
For detailed information about device files and associations with profiles,
teachpoints, and labware definitions, see the VWorks Automation Control User
Guide.
Devices and device files defined

A device is an item in your lab automation system that has an entry in a
VWorks software device file. A device can be a robot, an instrument, or a
location in a lab automation system that can hold a piece of labware.
The device file (*.dev) stores information for all the devices in an integrated
system, including:
• Type of device (for example, Bravo device)
• Device configuration information (for example, approach height, allowed or
prohibited labware, and so on)
• Profile to use
Creating a device file

If you are setting up the Bravo Platform for the first time, you will create a
device file. You add the Bravo device and the external devices to the device
file.
To create a device file:

1 Log in to the VWorks software as an Administrator.
2 In the VWorks window, choose File > New > Device.
A Device File tab appears in the VWorks window.
3 Choose File > Save. In the Save As dialog box, type a file name (*.dev),
select the following storage location, and click Save:
…\VWorks Workspace\Device Files

Adding the Bravo Platform to a device file

Before you begin:
• Ensure that any devices are physically networked to the computer.
• Turn on the devices.
To add devices to a device file:

1 In the VWorks window, verify that the correct device file is open.
To open a device file, choose File > Open. In the Open dialog box, select
your device file (*.dev), and then click Open. The device files should be
stored in the following location:
…\VWorks Workspace\Device Files
2 In the Available Devices area, double- click the Bravo icon. Or, drag the Bravo
icon to the Device File tab.
Note: To show or hide the list of available devices, choose View > Available
Devices.

3 In the Device File tab, select the Bravo-n icon.

4 Under Bravo Properties, type a Name for the device. By default, the software
assigns Bravo- n, and increments the number for each Bravo device that
you add.
To identify the specific Bravo, the device name should include the device
serial number.
5 In the Profile list, select a profile for the device.
If the Profile list is empty, open Diagnostics and create a profile. Then
return to the Profile list under Bravo Properties and select the new profile.
IMPORTANT To use different configurations of the same device in

different protocols, you can save time by creating a different device file
for each configuration. For example, if you change a pipette head on a
pipettor, you can simply open the device file that contains the device
with the appropriate profile instead of editing the profile selection in
the device file.
6 On the Device File tab, expand the Bravo device icon to show the list of deck
locations, and then click the location 1 icon. The corresponding location
properties appear.

Set the desired values for the following properties. Use the default values
for the remaining properties.
Property Description
Allowed/prohibited Optional. Click if you want to specify labware

labware restrictions for this location. The Allowed/prohibited
labware dialog box appears. For details on the
labware classes, see the VWorks Automation
Control Setup Guide.
Note: If the button is not visible, click the

empty field.
BCR on side If a barcode reader is set up at this location, you
specify the side.
Stack Height Type the maximum height (mm) for a labware stack
at this location.
Teachpoint for If the device is integrated with an external robot,
robot <robot specify whether the robot can access this location.
name> In Bravo Diagnostics, specify whether the Bravo
head should move to a safe location or can perform
operations at other deck locations concurrently.
IMPORTANT Carefully plan which locations the

external robot can access.
IMPORTANT Do not change the default value of the Teachpoint for

robot Bravo property. For example, the deck location 1 teachpoint
identity is 1, the identity of deck location 2 is 2, and so forth.

Repeat this step for each deck location.

7 Select File > Save.
If you are creating a new device file, the Save As dialog box appears so
that you can specify a name and location for your device file. Ensure the
file type is *.dev.
Alternatively, you can select File > Save All to save the device file and the
current protocol file at the same time.
IMPORTANT If an external robot will access the Bravo deck, ensure that you
carefully plan which locations can be accessed and where the Bravo head can
be during the external robot’s access. See “Configuring external robot access”
on page 48.
Related topics

Initializing the device “Initializing the Bravo Platform” on
page 33
Relationship of VWorks VWorks Automation Control User

components, such as device files, Guide
profiles, teachpoints, and labware
Opening Bravo Diagnostics “Opening Bravo Diagnostics” on page 26
Profiles “Creating and managing profiles” on

page 28
Planning and configuring external “Configuring external robot access” on

robot access on the Bravo deck page 48

Opening Bravo Diagnostics
About this topic

To establish communication between the host computer and the device, you
initialize the device. You can initialize the device in the following ways:
• Diagnostics. To control the device using the Diagnostics software.
• VWorks window. To use VWorks to control the device, for example, to run
a protocol, you initialize the devices in the VWorks window.
This topic describes what happens during initialization.
Procedure
To open Diagnostics:
1 In the VWorks software window, ensure the correct device file is open.
To open a device file, choose File > Open, and then select the appropriate
device file (*.dev) in the Open dialog box.
2 In the Devices area of the opened device file tab, highlight the device icon,
and then click Device diagnostics.
Alternatively, you can double- click the device icon.
The device’s diagnostics dialog box opens.

Figure Bravo Diagnostics dialog box
Related information

page 28
Teachpoints “Setting teachpoints” on page 36
Bravo Diagnostics “Using diagnostics software” on

page 93

Creating and managing profiles
About this topic

VWorks software users with Administrator or Technician privileges (advanced
users) can create and manage profiles for the Bravo Platform.
Profiles defined
IMPORTANT Each Bravo Platform that you install requires a unique profile,
which enables communication settings specific to the given instrument.
A profile is a collection of settings, stored in the Microsoft Windows registry,

that manages how you connect to devices. A Bravo profile does the following:
• Specifies the IP address used to establish communication between the
device and the controlling computer.
• Specifies which liquid- handling head is being used
• Specifies the configuration of deck platepads and accessories
• Stores teachpoints for the liquid- handling head
• Stores the gripper y- axis offset
• Identifies deck locations to be accessed by external robots and specifies
whether concurrent operation is allowed
Each combination of Bravo instrument, liquid- handling head, gripper, and deck
layout requires a profile that defines the specific configuration. If the
configuration changes, a modified profile or a new profile is required. For
example, if you add an accessory such as a Orbital Shaking Station to the
Bravo deck, you must modify the profile or create a new profile that includes
the new deck layout and the teachpoint for the accessory.
If you have more than one Bravo Platform of the same configuration and you
may copy the profile, but you must verify that the teachpoints are correct for
each of the platforms.
CAUTION Using a profile that is associated with teachpoints from a different Bravo
Platform can result in a hardware collision and cause equipment damage. Ensure that you
verify the profile and associated teachpoints for each specific Bravo Platform.
Before you start

The profile is referenced by a VWorks device file. The device file must be open
before you can create or modify a profile.
CAUTION Each profile can be used by multiple protocols. Deleting, renaming, or changing
the parameters for a profile based on one protocol can invalidate other protocols that use the
profile.
For information about device files, see “Creating or adding a Bravo device” on
page 21. For a detailed description of the relationships between the device file,
profile, and teachpoints, see the VWorks Automation Control User Guide.

About managing profiles

You use the Profiles tab in Bravo Diagnostics to manage the Bravo device
profiles.
Figure Bravo Diagnostics Profiles tab
The Profiles tab enables you to:

• Create a new profile
• Copy a profile to use for creating a profile
• Rename, update, or delete a profile
• Initialize a profile
A log of these events appears in the box at the bottom of the Bravo
Diagnostics window. The VWorks software records these events and stores the
information in the Main log. For details on the logs, see the VWorks
Automation Control User Guide.
Note: Unless you login to the VWorks software as an Administrator or
Technician, only the Profile name list and the Initialize this profile button are
available in the Profile Management area of the Profiles tab.

Creating a profile
A Bravo profile consists of a combination of parameters that you set in the
Profiles tab, Configuration tab, Jog/Teach tab, Gripper tab, and the External
Robots tab of Bravo Diagnostics.
To create a new profile:

1 In Bravo Diagnostics, click the Profiles tab.
2 Click Create a new profile.
3 In the Create Profile dialog box, type a name for the new profile, and click
OK.
Use a profile name that identifies the specific configuration. For example,
include the liquid- handling head type and serial number in the profile
name. If this computer controls multiple Bravo Platforms, also identify the
device, for example, the device serial number.
4 Under Connection, select This Bravo is connected via ethernet, and then click Find
available devices.
Note: If you have an earlier model, you may select This Bravo is connected
via serial, and then select which COM port on the computer you are using.
5 In the Discovered BioNet Devices dialog box that appears:
a Click the Select the Ethernet adapter to use from the list below, and select the
correct adapter for the device connection.
b In the list of devices that appear, select the Bravo device. If multiple
Bravo devices are on the network, use the MAC Address to identify the
Bravo device for this profile. To successfully communicate with the
Bravo device, the Status column must display New or Matched.
c Click OK.

a b c
6 Under Head Information, configure the following:
a Select the Head type from the list.

b Select the Teaching tip type from the list.
CAUTION Selecting the wrong Teaching tip type for a disposable-tip head, pin
tool, or Bravo 96AM Head can result in a head crash.
IMPORTANT Disposable pipette tips must be an Agilent brand.
IMPORTANT For the Bravo 96AM Head, the Teaching tip type can be
a cartridge or an 250- µL tip.
c Ensure that the Check head type on initialize check box is selected.
CAUTION If this check box is cleared, the Bravo Platform will run with any head
installed. Therefore, if the profile specifies a 96-channel head type, but a 384-channel
head is installed, the head will crash.
Note: If the Check head type on initialize check box is cleared, the
w- axis controls in the Jog/Teach tab will be disabled even when the
device is initialized.

7 Optional. In the Miscellaneous area, verify the settings to be applied during

a protocol run. If you are unsure of which values to set, start with the
default values. You can change them later if necessary.
For more details, see “Miscellaneous area” on page 292.
8 Verify the list of changes in the Modified Variables area, and then click
Update this profile to save the current selections and settings.
The Modified Variables area clears, and the update is logged in the box at
the bottom of the Bravo Diagnostics window.
9 To initiate communication with the Bravo Platform using the new profile,
click Initialize this profile.
WARNING When you initialize the Bravo Platform, the head can move. Keep clear
of the Bravo head while it is in motion. Do not touch any of the moving parts or attempt
to move labware while the Bravo Platform is in operation. The device could pinch,
pierce, or bruise you.
Steps to finish creating the profile

Verify the following settings, which are saved with the given profile.
Step Task See...

1 In the Configuration tab, verify that the “Bravo accessories overview”
deck configuration matches the physical on page 108
deck layout of platepads and
accessories.
2 Use the Jog/Teach tab to set and verify “Setting teachpoints” on

teachpoints. page 36
3 If applicable. Use the Gripper tab to “Verifying the gripper setup”

verify the gripper y- axis offset. on page 43
4 If applicable. Use the External Robots “Configuring external robot

tab to specify the deck locations that access” on page 48
the external robots can access.
Related information

Relationship of VWorks components, VWorks Automation Control User
such as device files, profiles, Guide
teachpoints, and labware
What to do if the Bravo Platform “Troubleshooting hardware problems”

device does not appear in step 5 on page 84
Concurrent motion settings for an “Configuring external robot access” on

integrated Bravo Platform page 48
Opening Bravo Diagnostics “Opening Bravo Diagnostics” on

page 26

Initializing the Bravo Platform
About this topic

To establish communication between the computer and the Bravo Platform, you
initialize the Bravo device. You can initialize the Bravo Platform in the
following ways:
• Bravo Diagnostics. To control the Bravo Platform using Bravo Diagnostics,
initialize the profile in Bravo Diagnostics.
• VWorks window. To control the Bravo Platform from the VWorks window,
for example, to run a protocol, initialize the device in the VWorks window.
Before you start
WARNING When you initialize the Bravo Platform, the head and tie bar can move. To
prevent potential injury, keep clear of the device while it is in motion.
CAUTION To prevent potential equipment damage, ensure that the deck is clear of any
obstacles before using the Bravo Platform.
CAUTION Using an incorrect profile can damage the Bravo Platform. Ensure that the
profile is correct for the head type and deck configuration.
Ensure that you have added the Bravo device to a VWorks device file and that
you have a valid Bravo profile.
Initializing the Bravo Platform in Diagnostics
To initialize a profile in Bravo Diagnostics:

1 In the VWorks window, open the device file for the profile that you want to
initialize.
To open a device file, choose File > Open. In the Open dialog box, ensure the
file type is Device Files (*.dev), select the file, and then click Open.
2 Click No when the Would you like to initialize devices now? message appears.
3 In the device file tab, select the device, and then click Device diagnostics to
open the Bravo Diagnostics dialog box.
4 In the Profiles tab, ensure that the correct profile for the installed head and
Bravo deck configuration is selected in the Profile name list.

5 Verify that the selected Head type matches the installed head.
For example, if the 96LT head is installed, the Bravo Platform requires a
profile for the 96LT head type.
6 Click the Configuration tab, and verify that the Location Configuration and
Accessory Configuration matches the physical layout on the Bravo deck.
IMPORTANT If the software configuration differs from the physical

deck layout, ensure that you select the correct profile in the Profiles
tab.
7 In the Profiles tab, click Initialize this profile to start initializing the selected
profile.
8 If the A microplate-in-gripper error message appears, and the gripper is not
holding labware, click Ignore and continue to continue the homing process.
During the homing process, the gripper opens and closes.
If the gripper is holding labware, the gripper will drop the labware during
this process. If necessary, click Abort to cancel the initialization. See the
instructions for manually opening the gripper to remove the labware before
you attempt to initialize the device.
9 If a Verify that it is safe to home the W-axis (the aspirate/dispense axis) message
appears, do one of the following:

• If the tips do not contain fluid. Click Retry to continue homing the
w- axis.
• If the tips contain fluid. Click Ignore. When the W-axis is not homed
message appears, use the tools in the Jog/Teach tab in the Bravo
Diagnostics dialog box to home the w- axis over a waste location.
Homing the w- axis will empty the tips.
Note: The Miscellaneous profile settings include the Prompt user to home
W-axis on first initialization option and the Ignore plate sensor during pick
and place option. For an explanation of the options, see “Miscellaneous area”
on page 292.
Initializing the Bravo device in the VWorks software

To initialize the device from the VWorks software window:
1 In the VWorks window, choose File > Open. In the Open dialog box, select the
*.dev file type, navigate to the device file, and then click Open.
A list of the devices appears in the Device File tab.
2 In the Devices area, highlight the device or devices that you want to
establish communication with, and verify that the correct profile is selected
in the Bravo properties area.
3 Click Initialize selected devices or Initialize all devices.

Setting teachpoints
4 If the A microplate-in-gripper error message appears, do one of the following:

• If the gripper is not holding labware. Click Ignore and Continue to
continue the homing process.
• If labware is in the gripper. Click Abort to cancel the initialization, and
then remove the labware from the gripper.
5 If a Verify that it is safe to home the W-axis (the aspirate/dispense axis) message
appears, do one of the following:
• If the tips do not contain fluid. Click Retry to continue homing the
w- axis.
• If the tips contain fluid. Click Ignore and continue. When the W-axis is not
homed message appears, use the tools in the Jog/Teach tab in the Bravo
Diagnostics dialog box to home the w- axis over a waste location.
Homing the w- axis will empty the tips. Make sure you home the w- axis
before beginning a protocol.
Related information
For information about… See…

Adding more devices to a device “Creating or adding a Bravo device” on
file page 21
Opening Bravo Diagnostics “Opening Bravo Diagnostics” on page 26

page 28
Setting teachpoints
About this topic

This topic explains how to set teachpoints. You must set or edit teachpoints
anytime the following occurs:
• You are using a new liquid- handling head for the first time
• The existing teachpoint files are lost or damaged
• You first set up your Bravo Platform
• You change the teaching tip type in the profile
• You add an accessory
CAUTION Using a profile that is associated with teachpoints from a different Bravo
Platform can result in a hardware collision and cause equipment damage. Ensure that you
verify the profile and associated teachpoints for each specific Bravo Platform.

Setting teachpoints
Teachpoint defined
A teachpoint is a set of axial coordinates that define a location to which the
liquid- handling head moves. Each of the nine locations on the Bravo deck has
a default teachpoint that can be edited in Bravo Diagnostics. The default
teachpoints are set so that well A1 is at the back left corner of each deck
location.
Before you start

Make sure you do the following:
• Remove all labware from the Bravo deck locations.
• Verify that the correct liquid- handling head is installed and the
corresponding profile is initialized.
WARNING To avoid potential injury and damage to the device, only personnel trained in
how to teach the Bravo Platform should perform the procedures in this topic.
WARNING The red Stop motors button in Bravo Diagnostics does not perform an
immediate stop. The Bravo head can continue to move in the same direction at the same
speed after you click the button. To perform an emergency stop, press the red button on the
pendant.
If you are teaching a pin tool, see “Workflow for non- tip- box locations” on
page 37.
If you are teaching the AssayMAP Bravo 96AM Head, see “Teaching part 1:
Setting teachpoints in the AssayMAP 1 profile” on page 244.
Workflow for non-tip-box locations
CAUTION To prevent the liquid-handling head from crashing into an accessory, be sure to
start the accessory teaching process from the safe z-axis point above the accessory location.
This is especially important if you use the Set all teachpoints based upon selected
teachpoint feature.
Step For this task... See...

1 Set the first teachpoint. Use a deck location that is “Setting the first teachpoint” on
easy to access, for example, deck location 1, 4, or 7. page 38
2 Set teachpoints for the remaining locations by doing “Setting other teachpoints based on
one of the following: one teachpoint” on page 40
• Automatically set the remaining teachpoints
based on the first teachpoint.
• For more precise teachpoints (384- or 1536- well “Setting the first teachpoint” on
plates), repeat step 1 for each deck location. page 38
3 Verify each teachpoint. • “Verifying teachpoints for

disposable- tip heads” on page 41
• “Verifying teachpoints for pin
tools” on page 42

Setting teachpoints

4 Edit the teachpoint, as required, for any accessory The procedure can vary depending on
locations, such as the Weigh Station or an Orbital the accessory. For details, see “Bravo
Shaking Station. accessories overview” on page 108.
Workflow for a tip box location

Pressing pipette tips on the liquid- handling head requires a high degree of
precision in the positioning of the head relative to the tip box, especially for
384- well tip boxes. Use the following workflow for deck locations where you
plan to place either a tip box.

1 Determine the platepad requirements for the tip box
location:
• Standard Bravo Platform “Installing and configuring a

– ST tip box. Use an Alignment Station instead of a platepad or Alignment
standard platepad at the deck locations where you Station” on page 144
perform tip box operations. The Alignment Station
helps provide greater tip- loading precision.
– LT tip box. If using a 250- µL tip box, you can use –

a standard platepad or an Alignment Station.
Note: If using a 200- µL tip box, use a standard
platepad and an LT insert for tip loading.
– Nested tip box. Install and configure the Nested “Installing and setting up a
Rack Insert. Nested Rack Insert” on
page 151
• SRT Bravo Platform “(Bravo SRT only) Setting up

– ST tip box. Use an ST tip loading station. an LT tip box location” on
page 173
– 250- µL tip box. Install the 250- µL platepad and
configure the deck location.
2 Set the teachpoint for the location. “Setting the first teachpoint”
on page 38
3 ST tip box locations. Verify the labware definition for the “Verifying teachpoints for
tip box. disposable- tip heads” on
page 41
4 Verify the teachpoint. If tip- box operations are not precise “Verifying teachpoints for
enough, repeat this step. disposable- tip heads” on
page 41
Setting the first teachpoint

If you are using a:
• Disposable- tip head, place the teaching tip type that you specified in the
profile on the A1 barrel or probe to set the teachpoint.

Setting teachpoints
• Bravo 96AM Head, see “Teaching part 1: Setting teachpoints in the

AssayMAP 1 profile” on page 244.
• Pin tool, set the teachpoint according to the A1 needle.
To set the first teachpoint:

1 In Bravo Diagnostics, click the Profiles tab, and initialize the desired profile.
2 Disposable- tip heads. Place a pipette tip firmly on the head barrel that
corresponds to the A1 well of the labware you are using.
CAUTION Make sure the disposable tip is an Agilent tip and is the same type that you
specified as the Teaching tip type in the profile.
3 Click the Jog/Teach tab.

4 In the Location list, select the deck location. If you are setting up the first
teachpoint, select location 1, 4, or 7.
Note: The teachpoint coordinates for the selected location are displayed
under the Location list.
5 Set the Approach height above teachpoint to a safe distance, such as 20 mm,
and then click Approach.
6 Use the Jog Axes controls to move the liquid- handling head to the correct
teachpoint as follows:
Aspirate
+W
Dispense
-W
CAUTION Jogging the head down too far will damage the tip. Be careful not to jog
the head down too far.
CAUTION When jogging down in the z-axis, a warning might appear stating that you
are about to exceed the set teachpoint, which could cause a crash. Before you click OK,
verify that enough space remains to continue jogging down.

Setting teachpoints
a Jog the head down (z- axis) until the A1 tip is approximately 2 mm
above the platepad.
Reduce the increment value when the tip gets close to the deck.
b Jog the head in 0.05 mm increments in the x and y directions, until
the tip is positioned directly above the crosshair mark on the platepad.
c To achieve paper- thin z- axis clearance, slide a sheet of paper between
the tip and the platepad. Set the z- axis increment to 0.05 mm
increments. Jog the head down until the paper is barely pinched, and
then jog up by 0.05 mm.
7 When the tip is in the correct position (directly over the crosshair mark
with paper- thin clearance), click Teach.
Verify the information in the message box before you click OK.
Figure Pipette tip A1 position over the platepad crosshair mark
8 To save the teachpoint, click the Profiles tab and click Update this profile.
Setting other teachpoints based on one teachpoint

After setting the first teachpoint, you can have the VWorks software calculate
the other eight teachpoints based on the selected teachpoint. Typically, this is
done upon initial setup of a new liquid- handling head.
IMPORTANT For optimal performance, teach each of the nine locations

independently using the procedure, “Setting the first teachpoint” on page 38.
To set the other eight teachpoints:

1 In the Jog/Teach tab, verify that the teachpoint you just taught (“Setting the
first teachpoint” on page 38) is set in the Location list.

Setting teachpoints
The teachpoint for the other locations will be set based on this one.
2 In the Advanced operations list, select Set all teachpoints based upon selected
teachpoint.
3 Click Perform advanced operation.
The VWorks software calculates the teachpoints for the other eight
locations, keeping the z- axis coordinate the same and changing the
x and y coordinates according to their spacing.
4 Readjust the z- axis height for any positions that are taller than a standard
platepad, such as the Orbital Shaking Station.
5 To save the teachpoints, click the Profiles tab and click Update this profile.
Verifying teachpoints for disposable-tip heads

Verify the following:
• The labware definition for the tip box contains the correct column- wise
and row- wise teachpoint- to- well values.
• The teachpoint is accurate for proper tips- on and tips- off operations.
To verify the tip box labware definition:

1 Open the Labware Editor.
2 In the Pipette/Well Definition tab, verify the following values for the tip box
labware definition:
Large transfer (LT) tips Small transfer (ST) tips

Row- wise teachpoint to well Row- wise teachpoint to well (mm) = 2.25
(mm) = 0
Column- wise teachpoint to Column- wise teachpoint to well (mm) =
well (mm) = 0 2.25
To verify the teachpoint accuracy:

CAUTION For disposable-tip heads, make sure you use a full set of tips to verify each
teachpoint.
1 Open Bravo Diagnostics, and click the Jog/Teach tab.

2 Click Move to safe height at current X/Y position to move the head up so that
you have enough room to remove the single pipette tip from the head
barrel.
3 Place a tip box full of tips on the tip box location that you are verifying.
Make sure the tip box is sitting level on the platepad.
4 Perform a tips- on operation as follows to ensure the tips are loaded
properly:
a Click the Processes tab.
b In the Command to Execute list, select Tips On.
c Click Execute Command. The head presses down to install the tips, and
then moves back up.
5 Remove the empty tip box from the deck location.

Setting teachpoints
6 In the Jog/Teach tab, click Move. The head moves to the teachpoint you set
in “Setting the first teachpoint” on page 38. You might notice that the A1
tip is not quite in the correct position.
7 Use the Jog Axes controls to move the head A1 tip to the correct position
(directly over the crosshairs with paper- thin clearance).
8 When you are finished, click Teach. Verify the information in the message
box before you click OK.
9 Repeat step 6 to step 8 for each deck location.
10 To save the changes, click the Profiles tab and click Update this profile.
Verifying teachpoints for pin tools

After setting and saving teachpoints, you should verify each teachpoint.
To verify a teachpoint:
1 In the Jog/Teach tab, set the Location field to the location you want to
check.
2 Click Approach.
3 Use the following table to decide your next step:
If the A1 needle is … Then …

Above the crosshairs at the a Click Move to move the A1 needle
approach height to the teachpoint.
b Visually check the position. The
tip of the needle should be
directly over the crosshairs with a
clearance of about the thickness
of a sheet of paper. (If it is not,
repeat “Setting the first
teachpoint” on page 38.)
Not above the crosshairs or There is a problem with the teachpoint.
appears to be closer to the Repeat “Setting the first teachpoint” on
deck than the approach page 38.
height
4 Repeat the above steps for each teachpoint.
Related information
For information about… See...

The workflow this procedure “Workflow for setting up the Bravo
belongs to Platform” on page 18
Creating and initializing a profile “Creating and managing profiles” on

page 28
Changing the liquid- handling head “Changing the Bravo head” on page 65

Verifying the gripper setup
About this topic

You should read this topic if the Bravo Platform includes a gripper.
This topic describes:
• Adjusting the gripper y- axis offset. You should check the gripper y- axis
offset when you first set up your Bravo Platform. If necessary, you adjust
the y- axis offset to ensure that the gripper fingers are centered at a
platepad. This y- axis offset is saved with the given profile.
• Checking the gripper pick- and- place operations. Use this procedure to
ensure the gripper performs the pickup and placement of labware
smoothly.
Before you start

Make sure that:
• You have labware definitions for the labware that you are using for the
procedures.
• The Bravo gripper fingers are in good condition and aligned with the head.
Perform a visual inspection to ensure the gripper fingers are not bent.
• The pair of gripper pads (black rubber) on the interior side of each gripper
finger are in place and in good condition. Ensure the gripper pads are not
partially ripped off or pulled askew.
Figure Gripper pads on interior side of gripper finger
• The correct profile is initialized in Bravo Diagnostics.

In Bravo Diagnostics, click the Profiles tab, and initialize the profile that you
are checking.
Adjusting the gripper y-axis offset
IMPORTANT Before you adjust the gripper y- axis offset, ensure that the
pipettor teachpoints (x- , y- , and z- axes) have been verified for the given
profile and no pipette tips or cartridges are installed on the head.
IMPORTANT Ensure that you use a standard platepad for the following
procedure.
To adjust the gripper y-axis offset:

1 In Bravo Diagnostics, click the Gripper tab.
2 In the Labware list, select None.

3 In the deck image, click a deck location where a standard platepad is

installed. The location should be easily accessible, for example in the front
row or a corner.
4 Click Move to move the gripper to the previously saved teachpoint for the
selected location.
The Bravo head moves above the deck location, and the gripper assembly
extends down (Zg- axis) so that the gripper fingers are just above the top
surface of the platepad.
-Zg
+Zg
-Y
+Y
5 Visually inspect the spacing between the black rubber gripper pads and the
sides of the platepad (y- axis). Make sure that all the gripper pads have
clearance so that the gripper can move down without colliding with the
platepad.

Figure Gripper pad clearance from sides of platepad (top view)
6 If the gripper pads are touching or overlapping on one side of the

platepad, do the following to adjust the clearance:
CAUTION Make sure you use small enough jog increments to prevent any gripper
collisions, which could damage the gripper.
a Click the Jog/Teach tab, and ensure that the deck location you selected
in step 3 is still selected.
b Under Jog/Axes, set the Back -Y/Forward +Y increment to a small enough
size, such as 0.2 mm.
c Click Back -Y or Forward +Y as required to adjust the gripper y- axis

position so that the gripper pads will clear the sides of the platepad
when you jog down in the next step.
When the following message appears, click OK.
7 After ensuring that the gripper pads will not collide with the platepad, set
the Down +Z increment to 5.0 mm, and then click Down +Z.
CAUTION Make sure you do not jog the gripper down more than 5.0 mm at this stage.
Jogging down farther will result in a gripper collision with the setscrew on the platepad,
which could damage the gripper.

When the following message appears, click OK.
At this stage, the gripper fingers should be next to the sides of the
platepad.
8 Fine tune the gripper alignment as follows:
a In the Gripper tab, set the Close +G increment to a small value, such as
0.2 mm, and then click Close +G so that you can clearly see the
alignment of the gripper pads with the platepad.
IMPORTANT Do not click Close gripper. Otherwise, you must redo

the procedure.
b In the Jog/Teach tab, set the y- axis increment to 0.2 mm, and then use
the Back -Y and Forward +Y buttons to position the gripper so that the
fingers are at equal distances around the platepad.
Ensure the pair of gripper pads on each side are as close as possible
to the sides of the platepad without actually touching the platepad.
Note: If a gripper finger is not perfectly straight, one of its gripper
pads may be closer than the other to the side of the platepad, as the
following figure shows. In this case, adjust the y- axis using the
gripper pad closest to the platepad and the diagonally opposite gripper
pad for reference.

Figure Example of diagonally opposite gripper pads (top view)
9 In the Gripper tab, click Teach Y offset for gripper.

10 In the Profiles tab, click Update this profile.
Checking the gripper pick-and-place operations

To pickup and place labware correctly, the y- axis offset gripper fingers must
be positioned at equal distances from the sides of the labware.
To test the gripper pick-and-place operations:

1 Place a microplate on a platepad at the deck location where you are
starting the test.
2 In Bravo Diagnostics, click the Gripper tab.
3 In the Labware list, select the name of the labware type you are using.
4 Select the location for the move:
a In the Location A list, select the current deck location of the labware.
b In the Location B list, select the deck location to which the labware will
move.
5 Set the Speed to Slow.
6 Click Pick A -> B to pick up the microplate from deck location A and place
it on deck location B. Click Pick B -> A to pick up the microplate from deck
location B and place it on deck location A.
7 Repeat steps 4 and 6 for the remaining deck locations where the gripper
will be transferring labware.

Configuring external robot access
8 Set the Speed to Fast, and repeat steps 4, 6, and 7.

9 Make sure that the gripper holds the microplate securely and keeps it level
while moving the microplate from location to location.
Related information
For information about… See...

The workflow this procedure “Workflow for setting up the Bravo
belongs to Platform” on page 18
Opening Diagnostics “Opening Bravo Diagnostics” on

page 26
Gripper tab “Gripper tab quick reference” on

page 288
Setting teachpoints “Setting teachpoints” on page 36
About external robot access options

For a Bravo Platform that is integrated in a system with other plate- handling
robots, you can configure one of the following features:
• Permit only one robot to operate on the Bravo deck at any given time.
While an external robot accesses the Bravo deck, the Bravo head moves to
a specified safe location and Bravo operations pause for the duration.
• Allow the Bravo robot and one or more external robots to operate on the
Bravo deck concurrently. For each external robot, you must specify the
deck locations that are not available (blocked) to the Bravo robot during
concurrent operations.
• “Workflow” on page 48
• “Planning the robot access locations” on page 49
• “Preventing concurrent operation during external robot access” on page 53
• “Allowing concurrent operations during external robot access” on page 55
Workflow
Perform the following steps to configure an external robot’s access on the
Bravo deck. This workflow assumes that you have already verified the Bravo
Platform teachpoints.


1 Carefully plan which deck “Planning the robot access
locations the external robots locations” on page 49
can access and where the
Bravo head can be during the
external robots’ access.
2 Ensure that the device file “Creating or adding a Bravo

specifies that the Bravo deck device” on page 21
locations are accessible by the
external robots.
3 In the Bravo profile, configure • “Preventing concurrent

the external robot access, and operation during external robot
then update and re- initialize access” on page 53
the profile. • “Allowing concurrent
operations during external
robot access” on page 55
4 Set each external robot’s Relevant user documentation, such

teachpoints at the appropriate as the BenchCel Microplate
Bravo deck locations. Handling Workstation User Guide.
5 Perform a dry run at slow “About performing dry runs” on

speed to verify that there are page 60
no potential hardware
collisions.
Ensure that the emergency-
stop pendants are within easy
reach in case you need to
abort a robot movement.
Planning the robot access locations
CAUTION Ensure that you plan the external robot access locations carefully to prevent
potential hardware collisions. A collision between an external robot and the Bravo Platform
can damage the Bravo Platform, the external robot, or both robots.
Careful planning of the deck locations that the Bravo robot and any external
robots can access will optimize your throughput and prevent hardware
collisions.
Physical factors to consider
Make sure you consider the following factors when you plan the deck locations
that an external robot may access or when selecting a safe location for the
Bravo head:

Physical factors Description

External robot’s The Bravo tie bar moves along the x- axis across the
direction of front of the Bravo deck whenever the head moves to a
approach and deck location.
Bravo x- and If the Bravo head is at a location in the back row, the
y- axes of motion tie bar will block another robot’s approach from the
front to the other deck locations in that column. For
example, if the Bravo head is at location 2, the tie bar
blocks a front approach to locations 5 and 8.
Figure Bravo head mount and tie bar motion (front view) and (side
view)
Y
X
External robot’s Some robots can reach any Bravo deck location, while
physical reach other robots can access a subset of deck locations.
For example, the BenchCel robot approaches the Bravo
Platform from the left or right side only and can access
only the leftmost and right- most deck locations.
Figure BenchCel robot’s reach on Bravo deck (top view)
1 00240
2 3
Bravo
Plate Orientation
4 5 6
7 8 9
00240
Front


External robot’s Landscape and portrait gripper orientations require
orientation for different space allocations on the Bravo deck. Some
gripping labware: robots can grip using either orientation.
landscape or • Landscape
portrait
• Portrait
External robot’s The approach path of the external robot can affect
approach path which Bravo deck locations must be blocked for the
Bravo head during the external robot’s access.
For example, the following figure shows two variations
of an external robot’s approach path to deck location 7.
The blue locations are where the Bravo head could
potentially continue operations concurrently while the
external robot is accessing the deck:
• Example A. The external robot is accessing
location 7. However, locations 1 and 4 are also
blocked to prevent the tie bar from being in the
path of the external robot when it accesses
location 7. The Bravo head can access the remaining
deck locations (blue) without risking a collision with
the external robot during its approach to location 7.
• Example B. In addition to locations 1, 4, and 7, the
Bravo head is blocked from accessing location 8. The
Bravo head cannot access location 8 without risking
a potential collision with the external robot during
its approach to location 7.

Software scheduling conflicts

The software resolves conflicts, where both the Bravo robot and external robot
are scheduled to approach a blocked location, as follows:
• If the Bravo robot is at a blocked location when an external robot is
scheduled to approach, the Bravo robot will complete the task in progress
before moving to a different location. After the Bravo robot completes the
move from the blocked location, the external robot can approach the target
location.
• If the Bravo robot and the external robot are both scheduled to approach a
blocked location, the software gives priority to the request that it receives
first.
For example, the Bravo robot would get priority, regardless of whether the
location is configured as blocked, if the software receives the Bravo robot's
request for access before receiving the request from the external robot.
Example scenario 1: Two BenchCel robots and the Bravo robot operating concurrently
In this example, three robots can move concurrently at the Bravo deck:
• BenchCel robot 1. Downstacks labware to deck location 1. The Bravo head
is also blocked from location 4 during the external robot access to prevent
a potential collision with the opened BenchCel gripper arms.
• BenchCel robot 2. Upstacks labware from deck location 6. The Bravo head
is also blocked from locations 3 and 9 during the external robot access to
prevent a potential collision with the opened BenchCel gripper arms.
• Bravo robot. Performs operations at locations 2, 5, 7, and 8 while the two
BenchCel robots simultaneously access the other deck locations. For
example, the Bravo robot could move a tip box from location 7 to 8,
perform a Tips On task at location 8, and then aspirate and dispense at
the labware on deck locations 2 and 5.
The following figure shows the deck location designations for the two BenchCel
robots and the Bravo robot.

Figure Deck locations for Bravo robot (blue) and BenchCel robot (gray) operations
2 3
A
00240
Bravo
Plate Orientation
4 5
7 8 9
00240
Example scenario 2: The Bravo robot, BenchBot Robot, and Direct Drive Robot
operating concurrently
In this example, three robots can move concurrently at the Bravo deck:
• BenchBot Robot with a landscape grip. Approaches location 1 from the
rear opening in the Bravo backplate. To be conservative, location 2 is also
reserved for the BenchBot Robot and blocked for access by the Bravo
robot.
However, if you are certain that the external robot’s approach path would
not cross within the area that the Bravo head requires to access location 2,
location 2 could be unblocked to optimize usage.
• Direct Drive Robot with a portrait grip. Approaches location 3 at the
right side of the Bravo deck. To be conservative, location 6 is also reserved
for this robot and blocked for access by the Bravo robot.
• Bravo robot. Continues operations at deck locations 4, 5, 7, 8, and 9.
The following figure shows the deck location designations for each of the three
robots.
Figure Deck locations for the Bravo robot (blue), BenchBot robot (gray), and Direct Drive Robot
(gray) operations
A
1
1 00240
2 3 A
Bravo
1
Plate Orientation
4 5 6
7 8 9
00240
Preventing concurrent operation during external robot access

You can use the safe location feature to prevent Bravo operations while an
external robot is accessing the Bravo deck. The safe location feature does the
following:

• Allows one robot to access the Bravo deck at any given time. For example,
if the Bravo robot is performing a liquid- handling task, the external robot
will wait for the Bravo robot to finish before approaching the deck. If the
external robot is placing or removing labware from a deck location, the
Bravo robot will move to its safe location wait for the external robot to
finish.
• Enables the Bravo robot to move to a specified deck location (safe location)
whenever the external robot approaches the deck to perform a task. For
example, if you specified deck location 1 as the safe location, the Bravo
robot will always move to deck location 1 whenever the external robot
approaches.
CAUTION You can specify any deck location as the Bravo safe location. However, to
prevent potential hardware collisions, you should determine the relative position of the
external robot and its approach before specifying the Bravo safe location.
For guidelines on how to select the safe location, see “Planning the robot
access locations” on page 49.
To prevent concurrent operation during external robot access:

1 In Bravo Diagnostics, click the Profiles tab and select the profile that you
want to update.
2 Click the External Robots tab, and ensure that the select Prevent Bravo operation
during external robot access check box is selected.
3 In the Move Bravo to this safe location box, select the deck location number
where the Bravo head should move for the duration while the external
robot is accessing the Bravo deck.
Note: Location 5 is the default safe location.

Allowing concurrent operations during external robot access
CAUTION To prevent potential hardware collisions, ensure that you plan the external robot
access locations carefully. For guidelines, see “Planning the robot access locations” on
page 49.
To allow concurrent operation during external robot access:

1 In Bravo Diagnostics, click the Profiles tab and select the profile that you
want to update.
2 Click the External Robots tab.
3 Clear the Prevent Bravo operation during external robot access check box.
4 To configure a location for one or more robots, do the following:
a In the Deck location box, select the location number.
b In the Does an external robot access this location box, select Yes.
c In the External robot list, select the robot or robots that may access this
location.
In the deck image, highlights appear at additional deck locations to be
blocked. The Bravo robot cannot access blocked locations while the
external robot is accessing the target location. The software proposes
the most conservative layout for avoiding potential collisions.

Note: The software makes assumptions about the approach direction

and robot gripper orientation when proposing blocked locations. For
example, the software assumes a portrait orientation and an
approach from the side of the deck for external robot access at deck
locations 1, 3, 4, and 6. For locations 7 and 9, the software proposes
blocked locations for either a side approach and portrait orientation
or a front approach and landscape orientation.
d Verify that the proposed blocked locations in the deck image are
appropriate. To block or to clear a blocked location, click the location
in the deck image.
If you are certain that the external robot’s approach path will not
intersect with the Bravo head at the given deck location, you can
unblock proposed locations to optimize the layout.
5 Repeat step 4 for other deck locations that may be accessed by external
robots.
Related information

page 28
Editing teachpoints “Setting teachpoints” on page 36
Opening diagnostics “Opening Bravo Diagnostics” on

page 26

Bravo Platform
User Guide
3
Preparing for a protocol run
Before you start a protocol run, you should check the Bravo
Platform teachpoints and the protocol to ensure optimum
operation.
• “Workflow for preparing a protocol run” on page 58
• “Emergency stops” on page 58
• “Planning for the protocol run” on page 59
• “About performing dry runs” on page 60
57

3 Preparing for a protocol run
Workflow for preparing a protocol run
Workflow for preparing a protocol run

The workflow for preparing a protocol run is as follows:

1 Review how to operate safely • G5562A, G5563A Bravo
and how to stop in an Platform Safety and
emergency. Installation Guide
• “Emergency stops” on page 58
2 Plan for the protocol run. “Planning for the protocol run” on
page 59
3 Perform a dry run. “About performing dry runs” on

page 60
Emergency stops
When to use the emergency stop procedure

Use this procedure to:
• Abort a head movement immediately
• Abort a run in an emergency situation
If the emergency- stop button is pressed while the head is aspirating or
dispensing, the pipetting accuracy might be impaired. To pause and then
continue a run, use the Pause button in the VWorks software. For instructions,
see the VWorks Automation Control User Guide.
Procedures
To stop the head motion in an emergency:
1 Press the red button on the emergency- stop pendant. The Bravo motion
stops.

Planning for the protocol run
To recover from an emergency stop:

1 Turn the red button on the emergency- stop pendant clockwise to release it.
2 In the VWorks message box, click one of the action buttons to re- enable
the motors in the head.
If you want to… Then click…

Abort the command or task Abort
Attempt re- execution of the command or task Retry
Ignore the current command or task and proceed to the Ignore
next command or task
Related information

Pausing and continuing a run VWorks Automation Control User
Guide
Safety hazards • Automation Solutions Products

Guide
Planning for the protocol run
Reviewing the protocol

Before you start a run, make sure you review the protocol and determine the
following:
• The correct liquid- handling head is installed.
To avoid variability problems, use only Agilent Technologies brand tips.

About performing dry runs
• The accessories and labware required for the protocol are where they
should be positioned.
• The reservoirs that must be filled.
• The waste bins or bottles that should be emptied.
Related information

Creating or revising protocols VWorks Automation Control User Guide
Performing dry runs “About performing dry runs” on page 60
About performing dry runs
What is a dry run?

A dry run is when you run a protocol using empty labware. A dry run allows
you to troubleshoot a protocol or a component of the system without wasting
valuable reagents and samples. You should always perform a dry run to check
a new protocol.
Correcting teachpoint errors

After setting the teachpoints, be sure to perform a dry run as a final check for
any teachpoint errors.
Preparing for a dry run

You prepare for a dry run the same way you would prepare for a real protocol
run. To review the protocol before a dry run, see “Planning for the protocol
run” on page 59.
Related information

Stopping the device in an “Emergency stops” on page 58
emergency
Writing protocols VWorks Automation Control User

Guide
Preparing for a run “Workflow for preparing a protocol run”

on page 58

Bravo Platform
User Guide
4
Maintenance and troubleshooting
This chapter tells you how to keep your Bravo Platform in good
working order through cleaning, inspection, and maintenance. It
also explains what to do when you encounter a problem.
• “Routine maintenance and cleaning” on page 62
• “Cleaning up after a run” on page 64
• “Changing the Bravo head” on page 65
• “Testing the safety equipment” on page 74
• “Replacing the fuse” on page 75
• “Retracting tip box stripper pins” on page 78
• “Manually moving the head or gripper” on page 80
• “Recovering from a head collision” on page 82
• “Troubleshooting hardware problems” on page 84
• “Troubleshooting hardware- related error messages” on page 88
• “Reporting problems” on page 90
61

4 Maintenance and troubleshooting
Routine maintenance and cleaning
About this topic

This topic provides guidelines for cleaning and periodic routine maintenance.
Agilent recommends that you schedule an annual preventative maintenance.
Preventive maintenance is an important part of keeping the Bravo Platform
running smoothly and error free. To schedule the annual preventive
maintenance service, contact Agilent Automation Solutions Technical Support.
WARNING To prevent potential injury, always shut down the Bravo Platform before
performing any maintenance procedure.
Cleaning up spills and periodic cleaning
CAUTION Use only the recommended cleaning materials. Using other cleaning solutions
and materials can cause damage to the device. Do not use abrasive, corrosive cleaning
agents. Do not use metal brushes.
CAUTION Alcohol and alcohol-based solutions can damage the gripper pads. Use a soft
cloth dampened with water to clean the gripper pads.
Use a clean soft cloth to clean up spills on any part of the device immediately
after a protocol run.
Clean the Bravo Platform weekly or as needed. Use standard laboratory wipes
and a mild detergent or isopropyl alcohol to clean the exterior painted white
surfaces and the metal surfaces of dust, grime, chemical deposits, and other
debris.
Also see “Cleaning up after a run” on page 64.
Routine inspection and maintenance
IMPORTANT Your inspection and maintenance schedule might vary depending

on the frequency of use.
Inspection or maintenance task Schedule Symptoms

Inspect the Bravo Platform for Monthly Corrosion and loose screws
wear. and bolts
To resolve these issues, contact
Agilent Automation Solutions
Technical Support.
Inspect moving parts to Monthly Rub marks or noises that

ensure they are not rubbing might indicate rubbing
against each other. To resolve these issues, contact
Agilent Automation Solutions
Technical Support.

Inspection or maintenance task Schedule Symptoms

Verify teachpoint accuracy for Every 6 Any of the following:
each deck location. Reset the months, or • Issues when pressing on or
teachpoints as required. sooner removing pipette tips
• Tips that appear off- center
in the wells, or inaccurate
pipetting at specific deck
locations
• Improper labware
placement by the gripper
Note: Issues other than
teachpoint accuracy can also
cause these symptoms. For
details, see “Troubleshooting
hardware problems” on
page 84.
Pump Module. If applicable, Monthly Tube deterioration, or liquid

inspect the tubing. Change out fails to pump or fails to drain
the tubing as necessary. properly
For instructions on routing the
tubing, see the Pump Module
User Guide.
Weigh Station. If applicable, Bimonthly Deterioration of liquid- level

verify that the configured accuracy in reservoir
empty and full weights are
still valid.
See “Setting up a Weigh
Station for the Bravo
Platform” on page 184 for
instructions.
Related information

Cleaning between protocol runs “Cleaning up after a run” on page 64
Cleaning the Bravo Platform “Routine maintenance and cleaning” on

page 62
Setting teachpoints “Setting teachpoints” on page 36
Reporting a problem “Reporting problems” on page 90

Cleaning up after a run
About this topic

This topic describes the post- run tasks you perform after a protocol run before
running the next protocol.

To clean up the Bravo Platform after a run:
1 Ensure the tips are clean or fresh.
2 If a message appears and asks whether to release all racks, click Yes.
3 Remove used sample plates from the locations.
4 Ensure all Bravo head movement has stopped, and then remove any
manually placed labware, and clean up any spills or debris.
5 Wash the liquid reservoirs and wash trays.
6 If the system has a Pump Module:
a (Optional) Wash the tubing and reinstall the reservoirs or wash trays.
Ensure that the tubing is connected to the correct pumps.
b Fill the fluid reservoir bottle, replace the cap, and attach the fluid line
that pumps towards the Bravo Platform to the cap connector.
c Empty the waste container, replace the cap, and attach the fluid line
that pumps away from the Bravo Platform to the cap connector.
d To prime the fluid lines between the pump and reservoirs, use
Diagnostics to fill the lines with the appropriate fluid.
7 Check the run log file for errors. For details on the run log, see the
8 (Weigh Station only) Recalibrate the Weigh Station if:
• Moving the reservoir, wash station, and Weigh Station
• Changing the tubing connected to the reservoir or wash station
• Changing the liquid type used in the reservoir or wash station
• More than two weeks have elapsed since the last Weigh Station
calibration
Related information

Running logs, saving protocols, or VWorks Automation Control User
using the Log toolbar Guide
Running a task “Performing a task using Diagnostics”

on page 104
Shutting down “Starting up and shutting down” on

page 19

Changing the Bravo head
About this topic

Use the procedures in this topic to uninstall a liquid- handling head, install a
different head, and adjust the corresponding settings in the VWorks software.
Before you start
WARNING AssayMAP Bravo Platform only. To prevent potential injury from exposure to
chemical spills, ensure that you empty the syringes before uninstalling the Bravo 96AM
Head. For instructions, see “Uninstalling the Bravo 96AM Head” on page 212.
WARNING Put on gloves to protect your hands from potential exposure to any residual
contaminants.
IMPORTANT If a head is being used for the first time, make sure you have a
profile specifically for that head. If necessary, create a new profile before
starting the following procedure. For details, see “Creating and managing
profiles” on page 28.
If disposable tips are loaded on the currently installed head, use Diagnostics to
dispense any liquid and remove the tips before removing the head. For
instructions, see “Performing a task using Diagnostics” on page 104.
Make sure that the head mount is in its home position above deck location 5.
If necessary, click the Jog/Teach tab in Diagnostics, and then click Home XYZ
to reposition the head mount.
IMPORTANT If you are changing the currently installed head for the same
type of head and want to edit the profile, you may use the Change head
wizard. Otherwise, use the following procedure.
Uninstalling the liquid-handling head
To uninstall the liquid-handling head:

1 Ensure that the Bravo Platform is turned off. Check that the power switch
located on the right side is set to off (o) and the status lights on the device
front are not lit.

Figure Bravo Platform status lights (front) and power switch (right side)
2 Make sure that the head mount is at its home position above deck
location 5, as shown in the preceding figure.
If necessary, manually move the head to the center of the deck.
3 To unlock the mounted head, refer to the following figure:
a Pull out and twist the (1) two head- retainer pins one- quarter turn
(90°) so that they remain retracted.
Note: The straight edge of the retainer pins should be horizontal.
b Turn the (2) head lock counterclockwise until it clicks into position.
Figure Installed Bravo 96AM Head: (1) retainer pin and (2) head lock
4 Reaching from the left side of the Bravo tie bar, grasp the head firmly as
the following figure shows:
a With your left hand firmly grip the left side of the head.

b Place your right hand under the flat area just to the left of the barrel
or syringe array to support the weight of the head.
5 While supporting the head with your hands, slide the head to the left and
out of the Bravo head mount.
CAUTION Support the head securely without touching the barrels, probes, or pins.
Dropping the head or bumping the barrels, probes, or pins will damage the head.
6 Carefully place the head into the storage stand to protect the barrels,
probes, as follows:
• Disposable- tip heads. Rest the bottom of the stand on a clean, dry
surface. Slide the head into the stand, with the barrels facing down, as
the following figure shows.
Figure Series III disposable-tip head and storage stand
96lt
• AssayMAP Bravo 96AM Head. Ensure that the top of the head is
resting on a clean, stable surface so that the probes are facing up.
Carefully place the stand (1) onto the head, guiding the side cutouts
onto the two side tabs (2) on the head. Use care to avoid touching the
probes.

Figure Bravo 96AM Head and storage stand
• Pin Tools. Rest the top of the head on a clean, dry surface with the
pins facing up. Slide the stand onto the head
Store the head top- side up and resting in the head stand.
Installing the liquid-handling head
To install a Bravo liquid-handling head:

1 Make sure that the Bravo Platform is turned off and that the Bravo head
mount is in its home position, which is centered above deck location 5.
Note: If the device it off, you can use your hands to move the head
mount gently into position.
Figure Bravo deck locations (top view)
1 00240
2 3
Bravo
Plate Orientation
4 5 6
7 8 9
00240

2 Carefully remove the liquid- handling head and protective stand from the
packaging. While the head remains seated in the stand, pull out and twist
the two head- retainer pins one- quarter turn so that they remain retracted.
CAUTION Do not rest the bottom of a liquid-handling head on any surface. Doing so
can damage the barrels, pins, or probes.
CAUTION To prevent potential contamination, do not touch the liquid-handling head

barrels, tips, or probes with your hands.
3 Remove the head from the stand as follows:

• Disposable- tip heads. Rest the bottom of the stand on a clean, dry
surface. Slide the head out of the stand as the following figure shows,
so that the barrels are facing down.
96LT
• Bravo 96AM Head. Ensure that the top of the head is resting on a
clean, stable surface so that the probes are facing up.
WARNING The probes of the AssayMAP Bravo 96AM Head are sharp and can
scratch you if they brush across your hand. A probe scratch can expose you to any
contaminants remaining on the probes. Wear gloves and use extreme caution to
avoid brushing against the probes.
Using both hands, carefully lift the stand off of the head while guiding
the stand’s side cutouts (1) off the head side tabs (2). Use care to avoid
touching the probes.

Figure Removing or inserting the stand on the head
• Pin Tools. Ensure that the top of the head is resting on a clean, stable
surface so that the pins are facing up. Slide the stand off of the head.
4 With your left hand, firmly grip the left side of the head. Place your right
hand under the flat area just to the left of the array to support the weight
of the head.
5 While supporting the head with your hands, slide the head onto the Bravo
head mount. Press the head firmly into place to ensure the head is plugged
into the connector receptacle on the head mount. You should hear the click
when the retaining pins snap into place.

Figure Installing a head in the Bravo head mount
Note: If you do not hear the pins snap into place, check that the straight
edges of the retainer pins are in the vertical position, as the following
figure shows. Attempt to rotate the pins to ensure that they are in the
locked position. The pins should not rotate freely.
6 To lock the head, rotate the head lock clockwise until it reaches its hard
stop. This ensures that the head is fully seated and does not shift position
during operation.

CAUTION Dropping the head or bumping the barrels or probes will damage the head.
If the Bravo head is not properly secured in place, it could drop unexpectedly. Ensure that
the head is securely locked into the head mount.
Adjusting VWorks software settings

After installing a different Bravo head, you must ensure that the Bravo device
in the VWorks software is linked to the correct profile.
To adjust VWorks software settings for a different Bravo head:

1 In the VWorks window, ensure the correct device file is open for this Bravo
device, and then ensure that the profile selected under Bravo Properties is
correct.
IMPORTANT If this is the first time to use this Bravo head with this
device, you must create a profile for the new Bravo head.
2 On the side of the Bravo Platform, press the power switch to the on (I)
position.
3 To initialize the Bravo Platform, click Initialize selected devices in the device
file.

4 Open Diagnostics, and in the Jog/Teach tab, make sure that a value is
displayed for each axis.
This confirms communication between the Bravo Platform and VWorks
software.
5 If you opened an existing device file in step 1, go to the Configuration tab in
Diagnostics and verify that the location configuration graphic matches what
you actually have on the Bravo deck.
Related information

Tips Off task in Bravo “Performing a task using
Diagnostics Diagnostics” on page 104
Initializing the Bravo Platform “Initializing the Bravo Platform” on

page 33
Homing the Bravo head “Homing the liquid- handling head”

on page 94
Available Bravo heads “Liquid- handling heads” on page 11
Changing the profile “Creating and managing profiles”

on page 28

Testing the safety equipment
Testing the safety equipment

The Bravo interlock circuit must be closed for the Bravo Platform to operate.
The Light Curtain and the pendant are connected to the Bravo interlock
circuit. Use the following procedure to verify that the Bravo motion stops
abruptly when you press the emergency- stop button on the pendant or
interrupt the Light Curtain.
Before you start

Ensure that you have an appropriate Bravo profile.
Procedure
To test the pendant and the Light Curtain:

1 In Bravo Diagnostics, initialize the profile.
2 Use the diagnostics controls to command the Bravo head to move from one
deck location to another, as follows:
a In the Jog/Teach tab, select a deck location from the Location box.
b Verify that the Approach height above teachpoint value is set to a safe
height, such as 50, to provide clearance for any obstacles on the deck.
c Click Approach.
3 While the Bravo head is in motion, press the red button on the pendant,
and ensure that the Bravo head stops moving.
4 To reactivate the pendant, turn the red button clockwise. The spring-
loaded button pops up.

Replacing the fuse
5 Repeat step 2.
6 While the Bravo is in motion, interrupt the Light Curtain and ensure that
the Bravo head stops moving.
Related information

Initializing the Bravo Platform “Initializing the Bravo Platform” on
page 33
Tips Off task in Bravo “Performing a task using

Diagnostics Diagnostics” on page 104
Bravo safety equipment Safety and installation guide for

Guide
Replacing the fuse
About this topic

This topic describes how to replace the main fuse in the Bravo Platform.
Before you begin
CAUTION A blown fuse can indicate more serious problems. If the new fuse blows after
replacement, contact Agilent Automation Solutions Technical Support.
CAUTION Using an incorrect fuse can damage the Bravo Platform. Ensure that you have
the correct fuse for the device.
For fuse specifications, see the corresponding safety and installation guide for
your Bravo model:
• G5562A, G5563A Bravo Platform Safety and Installation Guide

Replacing the fuse
• Earlier model Bravo Platform: Bravo Automated Liquid Handling Platform

You can order fuses from Agilent Technologies.
Procedure
To replace the fuse in the power switch:
1 Shut down the Bravo Platform, and unplug the power cable from the rear
panel connector.
2 At the rear panel power switch enclosure, use a small flathead
screwdriver (2.5 mm) to pry open the tab on the fuse enclosure and open
the enclosure cover.
00220
Bravo
Back
00220c
3 Insert the screwdriver head in the enclosure notch to dislodge the fuse
cartridge. Slide the fuse cartridge all the way out of the enclosure.
4 Replace the fuse in the cartridge.
5 Slide the fuse cartridge back into the fuse enclosure.
6 Press the enclosure cover securely into the closed position.
7 Plug in the power cable at the rear panel connector, and then start up the
Bravo Platform.
Related information

Hardware components “Hardware overview” on page 5

Replacing the fuse

Safety guidelines • Automation Solutions Products
Guide
How to report a problem “Reporting problems” on page 90

Retracting tip box stripper pins
About this topic

This topic describes how to retract and release the tip box stripper pins on a
disposable- tip pipette head. Read this topic if you are using the pipette head
to pipette in single rows.
Tip box stripper pins described

The disposable- tip pipette heads have four stripper pins that prevent the tip
box from raising off the deck when tips are being applied.
However, you can retract the stripper pins to perform a task where the pins
will interfere. For example, if you are using a 96ST pipette head in a 384- tip
box, retracting the stripper pins can help prevent tips from touching other tips
during a tips- on task.
Figure Pipette head components

Retainer pin
Front Back
Pipette barrel
Tip box stripper pins
The pins are spring- loaded and should retract until the pin head is nearly
flush with the surface of the pipette head. The tip of each pin, which is hidden
within the pipette head housing, has a semi- circle- shaped locking mechanism
that aligns with a dowel inside the pipette head to lock the pin in the
retracted position.
CAUTION If you apply too much force when pressing down or rotating the pin to retract it,
the locking mechanism at the tip of the pin can bend or break. A damaged pin cannot lock in
the retracted position. Use only gentle pressure to push down and rotate the pin to lock it into
place.

To retract the tip box stripper pins:

1 Place the pipette head upside down on a stable surface, so that the barrels
are facing up and the front of the pipette head is facing you as the
If directional arrows appear on the pins, gently rotate the pins so that the
arrows are facing you.
2 Insert the end of a 2- mm hex wrench into the head of one of the pins, and
very gently push the pin down into the pipette head until you feel the pin
stop.
Verify that the pin is properly seated, as the preceding figure shows. If the
pin has an arrow, the square end of the arrow should disappear or be
barely visible.
IMPORTANT If the pin hits a stop before it retracts completely, the pin
locking mechanism is above instead of below the locking dowel. While
removing any downward pressure on the pin head, gently rotate the pin
in quarter- turn increments until you feel the pin drop into the seated
position.
3 When the pin is properly seated, rotate it counterclockwise no more than

180° until it locks.
4 Repeat this procedure for the other pins.
Releasing tip box stripper pins

To release the retracted tip box stripper pins:
1 Insert a 2- mm hex wrench into the pin head.
2 Turn the wrench clockwise to release the pin.
3 Repeat this procedure for the other pins.

Manually moving the head or gripper
Related information

Using the serial dilution task VWorks Automation Control User
Guide
Setting the head mode to pipette by • VWorks Automation Control User

row Guide
• “Performing a task using
Diagnostics” on page 104
Removing and installing a liquid- “Changing the Bravo head” on page 65

handling head
About this topic

This topic describes how to disable the axis servo motors, so that you can
move the head manually. For example, you might want to move the head
position when changing liquid- handling heads or cleaning the Bravo Platform.
CAUTION Moving the Bravo head or gripper in any of its axes without first disabling the
servo motors can damage the device.
Manually moving the head in the x-axis and y-axis

To move the head manually in the x-axis and y-axis:
1 Disable the motors in one of the following ways:
• Press the emergency- stop button on the pendant.
• In Bravo Diagnostics, click Disable all motors on the Jog/Teach tab.
2 Use your hands to gently move the head along the x- axis and y- axis.
IMPORTANT The z- axis brake engages when the z- axis is disabled,

preventing you from moving the head manually in the z- axis.
3 After you complete the manual moves, re- enable the motors in one of the
following ways:
• If the emergency- stop is engaged, release the red button on the
pendant by turning it clockwise.
• If the motors are disabled, click Enable all motors in the Jog/Teach tab of
Bravo Diagnostics.

Manually opening the gripper

If you perform an emergency stop while the gripper is holding labware, you
can use the following procedure to open the gripper manually.
IMPORTANT The Zg- brake engages when the Zg- axis is disabled, preventing
you from moving the gripper assembly manually in the Zg- axis.
To open the gripper manually:

1 Disable the G- axis motor in one of the following ways:
• Press the emergency- stop button on the pendant.
• In Bravo Diagnostics, click the Gripper tab. In the G-Axis area, click Enable
motor to disable the motor. Ensure that the Motor enable light is off.
2 On the rear- facing surface of the gripper assembly, locate the access hole
for the G- axis lead screw.
IMPORTANT The lower gripper must be extended in the Zg- axis to

expose the access hole.
3 While ensuring that one hand is free to support the labware held by the
gripper, use a 2.5- mm flat- blade screwdriver to turn the G- axis lead screw
counterclockwise to open the gripper and release the labware.
4 To re- enable the motors, do one of the following:

• If the emergency- stop is engaged, release the red button on the
pendant by turning it clockwise.
• In Bravo Diagnostics, click the Gripper tab. In the G-Axis area, click Enable
motor to re- enable the motor. Ensure that the green Motor enable light is
on.
Related information

page 26


Recovering from a head collision

Moving the Bravo head using • “Homing the liquid- handling head”
Diagnostics on page 94
• “Jogging the liquid- handling head”
on page 95
• “Using the Move and Approach
commands” on page 99
About this topic

Occasionally, the Bravo head might collide with an accessory or labware on a
deck location because the accessory or labware has been misplaced or
mistaught.
This topic describes what to do after a head collision has occurred.
Before you start

Before you start the inspection of the Bravo Platform, clean up any spills that
might have occurred as a result of the collision.
Procedure
To inspect the Bravo Platform:
1 Inspect the impacted parts for visible signs of damage.
Look carefully for any subtle signs of damage.
2 If contact was made to the pipette barrel or tip:
a Compare the impacted region to the surrounding barrels or tips.
Dented barrels can affect tip sealing.
b Replace damaged tips or barrels if disposable.
3 If contact was made with a:
a Standard platepad, make sure the alignment tabs did not become
damaged and still allow plates to be easily picked or placed.
b Alignment Station, make sure the rollers and springs are not damaged
and still allow plates to be easily picked and placed.
c Other deck locations, make sure the alignment tabs are not damaged
and still allow plates to be easily picked and placed.
Make sure the specific functionality of the deck location is not
compromised. If the operation is hindered, contact Agilent Automation
Solutions Technical Support. Be ready to describe how the collision
occurred.

To verify system components are still working:

1 Jog each axis back and forth and listen for any new noise.
If new noises are present or if any axis movement is impaired, contact
Agilent Automation Solutions Technical Support.
2 Make sure the Bravo Platform alignment was not compromised:
a If the liquid- handling head was impacted side- to- side, reinstall the
head.
b Attach the correct pipette tip type.
c Move to the location you taught (typically location 5).
d Check the alignment of the x- and y- axes.
If the x- or y- axis are not aligned, contact Agilent Automation Solutions
Technical Support.
Misalignment could be the result of a shift in the x or y screw in their
mounts. Re- homing would reset the teach positions correctly but the
mounts would still need to be retightened.
3 If the contact occurred in the vertical direction:
a Attach the correct tip type
b Move to location 8.
c Check the alignment of the z- axis.
If the z- axis is out of alignment, contact Agilent Automation Solutions
Technical Support.
The tie bar may need adjustment to align the y arm to be parallel with
the deck.
Related information

Removing and installing a liquid- “Changing the Bravo head” on page 65
handling head
Troubleshooting problems • “Troubleshooting hardware problems”

on page 84
• “Troubleshooting hardware- related
error messages” on page 88
How to report a problem “Reporting problems” on page 90

Troubleshooting hardware problems
About this topic

This topic lists some potential hardware problems that you might encounter
when using the Bravo Platform. If you encounter a problem, locate the problem
under one of the following categories, and try the recommended solution to
resolve the problem.
If you cannot resolve the problem or do not find the problem listed in this
topic, see “Reporting problems” on page 90.
For error messages, see “Troubleshooting hardware- related error messages” on
page 88.
Communication or power problems
Problem Potential cause Solution

The Bravo Platform does not The device electrical Ensure that the site meets all the
turn on. requirements are not met electrical requirements for the
Bravo Platform.
See the G5562A, G5563A Bravo
Guide.
The device is not connected to Ensure that you are using the
the power source, or the power Agilent- supplied country- specific
cord is damaged. power cord and plug. Inspect the
power cord and connections, and
ensure that the device is
connected to the power source.
The AC inlet fuse is bad. See “Replacing the fuse” on

page 75.
If the fuse blows immediately
after replacement, stop using the
device and contact Agilent
Automation Solutions Technical
Support.
The Bravo Platform cannot be The communications cable is Check the Ethernet cable
initialized. not properly connected, or the connections.
wrong cable is being used. If necessary, power cycle the
device and then try initializing
again.
The Bravo profile is not In the software, ensure that the

configured correctly for the device is configured correctly. See
device or the IP address setting “Creating and managing profiles”
is incorrect. on page 28.
If necessary, power cycle the
device and then try initializing
again.

Bravo gripper problems

The gripper holds the labware The labware definition has Verify that the labware definition
loosely, does not keep it level, errors. is correct.
or drops the labware while See the VWorks Automation
moving between locations. Control Setup Guide.
The gripper pads (black rubber) Gently clean the gripper pads
on the interior side of each using a soft cloth dampened with
gripper finger are dirty, worn, water. Inspect the gripper pads
or partially out of alignment. for wear and ensure they are
aligned.
If necessary, contact Agilent
Support to replace the gripper
pads.
The gripper fingers are bent or Perform a visual inspection to

misaligned. ensure the gripper fingers are
aligned and are not bent.
If necessary, contact Agilent
Support.
The robot attempts to grip too If this problem occurs at all Verify that the labware definition
high or low on the labware. Bravo locations, the Bravo is correct.
gripper range in the labware See the VWorks Automation
definition requires adjustment. Control Setup Guide.
If the problem is specific to a Verify that the location teachpoint

particular Bravo location, the is correct. See “Setting
location might require a teachpoints” on page 36.
teachpoint adjustment.
The labware does not sit level An obstruction is preventing Verify that the setscrews in the
within the platepad. proper seating of the labware. platepad tabs are recessed and
not protruding into the plate nest.
A protruding setscrew will prevent
proper seating of the labware.
The gripper cannot pick or The labware does not match the Verify that the correct labware is
place labware at a location. specified labware definition, or on the deck, in good condition,
the labware might be damaged and corresponds to the selected
or deformed. labware definition.
The location requires a gripper See “Setting teachpoints” on

teachpoint adjustment. page 36.
The head or gripper The Bravo Platform might Contact Agilent Automation
movement is rough or require service. Solutions Technical Support.
strained, or rubbing or
scraping noises are audible
during moves.

Pipetting or teachpoint problems

The Bravo head fails to put The tips are damaged or Repeat the operation using a fresh
tips on. deformed. box of good tips.
The labware definition for the Verify that the correct tip box is
tip box is incorrect. in the correct location and that
the labware definition is correct.
The deck location teachpoint is See “Setting teachpoints” on

incorrect for the installed page 36.
liquid- handling head. An
Alignment Station might be IMPORTANT Pressing pipette
required for Tips On operations. tips on the head requires a high
degree of precision in the
positioning of the head relative to
the tip box, especially for 384- well
tip boxes. The Alignment Station
provides greater tip- loading
precision than a platepad.
The tip box raises off the The tip box stripper pins on the Release the tip box stripper pins
platepad during Tips On liquid- handling head are on the liquid- handling head. See
operations. retracted. “Retracting tip box stripper pins”
on page 78.
Tips Off operations are not Stacked tips on a barrel. Static To resolve Tips Off problems
successful. electricity is causing the tip to caused by static electricity, select
cling to the barrel during Tips the Enable tips-off tip-touch option in
Off operations, and then a the profile.
second tip is pressed on during
Tips On operations.
Dropped tips. Static electricity To resolve Tips Off problems

is causing tips to cling to the caused by static electricity, select
barrels during Tips Off the Enable tips-off tip-touch option in
operations. As the Bravo head the profile.
moves, these tips drop on top
of a tip box or on the deck.
Tips are askew in the tip box The tip box on the deck does Verify that the correct tip box is
or not returned to their not match the labware in the correct location.
designated well locations after definition specified in the
Tips Off operations. protocol.
The tip box location requires a See “Setting teachpoints” on

teachpoint adjustment. page 36.
The pipetting accuracy is The bias table in the liquid See the Calibrating the pipettor
inconsistent or poor. class requires adjustment for topic in the VWorks Automation
your pipetting device. Control Setup Guide.
The liquid- handling head might Contact Automation Solutions

have damaged barrels or Technical Support.
require an O- ring replacement.


Liquid fails to pump into or The Pump Module tubing has Inspect the tubing and the
drain from an autofilling deteriorated or is not connected connections, and replace, if
reservoir. properly. necessary.
The liquid in the wash trays The tubing is kinked or the Inspect the tubing. If necessary,
or reservoirs is overflowing Weigh Station might require recalibrate the Weigh Station.
causing flooding. recalibration.
Related information

Laboratory requirements and G5562A, G5563A Bravo Platform Safety
safety guidelines and Installation Guide

Troubleshooting hardware-related error messages
About this topic

This topic describes the most common error messages that might be
encountered with the Bravo Platform and provides some possible solutions.
Troubleshooting table
Error message/problem Cause Recommended actions

The Verify that it is safe to The Prompt user to home If you are certain that no liquid is in the
home the W-axis message W-axis on first initialization pipette tips, click Retry to continue homing
appears during option is selected in the the w- axis
initialization. profile. For a description of the profile options, see
“Miscellaneous area” on page 292.
The There appears to be a The Ignore plate sensor If the gripper is not gripping labware, click
plate present error message during pick and place Ignore and Continue to continue the homing
appears during option is not selected in process.
initialization. the profile.
Error message related to Communications are • Turn off the Bravo Platform off, and
communication problems interrupted. then turn it back on.
or failure. • Initialize the Bravo Platform.
The Bravo Platform does Bravo Platform is not To re-establish communication:

not appear in the communicating with 1 Click Refresh in the Discovered BioNet
Discovered BioNet Devices VWorks software.
Devices dialog box.
dialog box. (Diagnostics >
Profiles > Find available 2 Turn off the Bravo Platform, and then
device). turn it back on.
3 Click Refresh again.
If the problem persists, try one or more of
the following.
• Check the Ethernet cables between the
Bravo Platform and computer (and to
and from hub if applicable).
• On the computer (and the hub, if
applicable), check that the link light
next to the Ethernet cable is on and
green.
• In the Discovered BioNet Devices dialog
box, check that the Select the Ethernet
adapter... list is set appropriately.
• Make sure the Ethernet firewall is
turned off.
If the problem persists, contact Agilent
Automation Solutions Technical Support.

Error message/problem Cause Recommended actions

Motor power fault error. Problems with the Bravo To clear the fault:
servo motors 1 Turn off and then turn on the power
switch.
2 Initialize the device.
If the problem persists, contact Agilent
Related information

Discovered BioNet Devices dialog “Creating and managing profiles” on
box page 28
Turning on or off the Bravo “Starting up and shutting down” on

page 19
Preparing the Bravo for a run “Workflow for preparing a protocol

run” on page 58
Connecting Ethernet cables G5562A, G5563A Bravo Platform


Reporting problems
Reporting problems
About this topic

If you have a technical problem that you cannot resolve after reading the
maintenance and troubleshooting instructions, read the information in this
topic for how to report hardware, software, and user guide problems.
Contacting Automation Solutions Technical Support

Note: If you find a problem with the Bravo Platform, contact Automation
Solutions Technical Support. For contact information, see Notices on the back
of the title page.
Note: You can also send a software bug report from within the VWorks
software.
Reporting hardware problems

When contacting Agilent Technologies, make sure you have the serial number
of the device or workstation ready. You can find the serial number on the
Bravo Platform serial number label.
Reporting software problems

When you contact Automation Solutions Technical Support, make sure you
provide the following:
• Short description of the problem
• Software version number
• Error message text (or screen capture of the error message dialog box)
• Screen capture of the About VWorks software dialog box
• Relevant software files
To find the VWorks software version number:

In the VWorks software, select Help > About VWorks.
To find the Diagnostics software version number:

1 Open Diagnostics.
2 Read the version number on the title bar of the diagnostics window.
To send compressed protocol and associated files in VZP format:

In the VWorks software, select File > Export to export and compress the
following files:
• Protocol file
• Device file (includes the device profile and teachpoint file)
• Labware definitions
• Liquid classes
• Pipette techniques

Reporting problems
• Hit- picking files

• Plate map files
• Barcode files
• Error library
• Log files
• Form file (*.VWForm)
Reporting user guide problems

If you find a problem with this user guide or have suggestions for
improvement, send your comments using one of the following methods:
• Click the feedback button ( ) in the online help.
• Send an email to [email protected].
Related information

Troubleshooting problems • “Troubleshooting hardware
problems” on page 84
Software error messages VWorks Automation Control User Guide
Shutting down “Starting up and shutting down” on

page 19

Reporting problems

Bravo Platform
User Guide
5
Using diagnostics software
This chapter explains how to use the Diagnostics software to
control the Bravo Platform. Only administrators and experienced
personnel should use the procedures in this chapter to diagnose
errors with the Bravo Platform.
• “Homing the liquid- handling head” on page 94
• “Jogging the liquid- handling head” on page 95
• “Using the Move and Approach commands” on page 99
• “Using the gripper controls” on page 100
• “Performing a task using Diagnostics” on page 104
For a quick reference to the controls and indicators, see
“Diagnostics quick reference” on page 275.
For instructions on how to set teachpoints, see “Setting
teachpoints” on page 36.
93

5 Using diagnostics software
Homing the liquid-handling head
About this topic

This topic describes when and how to home the liquid- handling head.
how to teach the Bravo Platform should use the Jog/Teach tab controls.
emergency-stop pendant.
About homing
The liquid- handling head has a defined home position for each axis of motion.
Homing sends the head to the home position for the axes. Home the liquid-
handling head to reset the axes. For example, if you notice the Bravo Platform
is not moving to locations or teachpoints accurately, home the head.
Homing the liquid- handling head is typically done automatically on first
initialization after startup.
There are four homing axes.
Homing in Moves the liquid-handling head …

this axis …
X To home position in the horizontal (left- right) axis. This
position is near the middle of the x- axis range.
Y To home position for the horizontal (forward- backward) axis.

This position is near the middle of the y- axis range.
Z To home position in the vertical (up- down) axis. This position

is near the top of the z- axis range.
W Internal pipetting mechanism to its home position in the

vertical aspirate- dispense axis. This position is near the low-
to- mid w- axis range.
WARNING Keep away from the Bravo Platform when the liquid-handling head is
moving or about to move, especially in the z-axis direction. The liquid-handling head might
not stop immediately in a collision and a pipette tip could pierce your hand.
CAUTION Before homing an individual axis, home the z-axis first so that the head avoids
potential obstacles on the deck. A collision between the head and obstacles on the deck can
result in equipment damage.

Jogging the liquid-handling head
To home an individual axis:

1 In Diagnostics, click the Jog/Teach tab.
2 Click the corresponding Home button for the given axis (w, x, y, or z).
To home the liquid-handling head in the x, y, and z axes:

2 Click Home XYZ.
The liquid- handling head moves to the home position.
The axis order of homing is z—> x—> y.
Related information

page 26
Moving the liquid- handling head “Manually moving the head or gripper”
manually on page 80
Changing the liquid- handling head “Changing the Bravo head” on page 65
About this topic

Jogging the liquid- handling head moves it in small precise increments. You can
jog the liquid- handling head in the x- axis, y- axis, z- axis, or w- axis.
Jogging is useful when setting teachpoints and performing maintenance
activities.

WARNING To perform an emergency stop, press the red button on the emergency-stop
pendant.
CAUTION To prevent damage to the gripper and other hardware components, do not dock
the gripper if you want to jog the liquid-handling head along the y-axis and z-axis.
Axes of motion
You can use the Jog/Teach tab controls to jog the Bravo head in the following
four directions.
Axis Description
X The horizontal distance (left- to- right) in millimeters, along the rail
from the x- axis home position.
Y The horizontal distance (front- to- back), in millimeters, along the

rail from the y- axis home position.
Z The vertical distance, in millimeters, from the z- axis home

position.
W The vertical distance, in microliters, from the w- axis home

position.
Figure Bravo Platform primary axes of motion
00232
Bravo
Pinch Hazard
Y
X
00232

WARNING Keep away from the Bravo Platform when the liquid-handling head is
moving or about to move, especially in the z-axis direction. The head’s z-axis motor is
particularly powerful. It might not stop immediately in a collision and a pipette tip could
pierce your hand.
CAUTION Before you jog the liquid-handling head, remove objects from its path. Move the
head slowly and keep the jog increment small until you are certain that there is no
obstruction.
To jog the liquid-handling head:

1 Open Diagnostics and click the Jog/Teach tab.
2 In the Jog Axes area, select the jog increments in the appropriate list.
3 Click a direction button to move the head.

4 Monitor the current position of the liquid- handling head by checking the
W-Axis, X-Axis, Y-Axis, and Z-Axis displays.
When the given axis is at the home position, a value of 0.00 displays.
When the liquid- handling head is not in the home position, the position is
displayed as the distance from the home position for each axis.

Related information

Teachpoints “Setting teachpoints” on page 36
Opening diagnostics “Opening Bravo Diagnostics” on

page 26
Jog/Teach tab “Jog/Teach tab quick reference” on

page 284
manually on page 80


Using the Move and Approach commands
About this topic

The Bravo Move and Approach commands let you quickly move the liquid-
handling head to any of nine locations on the deck.
Typically, these commands are used when editing teachpoints. This topic
describes how to move to and approach locations on the Bravo deck using
these commands.
Commands defined
• Move. Instructs the liquid- handling head to move to the teachpoint for the
selected location.
• Approach. Instructs the liquid- handling head to move to the teachpoint for
the selected location, with a vertical offset equal to the value specified in
the Approach height above teachpoint box.
Note: The Approach height parameter in the profile is the height above
the labware when pipetting.
Before you start

Make sure no labware is on the Bravo deck and that the liquid- handling head
has been taught with the same type of tips used in the profile.
WARNING Before you command the Bravo head to move, make sure that everyone is
clear of the Bravo Platform.
CAUTION Before using the Move or Approach command, make sure the path is clear of
any obstacles that you have not defined in the profile. The move-to-position commands
present a higher damage risk to the liquid-handling head, because the head can move in large
increments.
Procedure
To use the Move command:
1 Open Diagnostics, and then click the Jog/Teach tab.
2 Select a deck location from the Location box.

Using the gripper controls
3 Click Move.
The liquid- handling head moves to the teachpoint for the selected location.
To use the Approach command:

1 Repeat step 1 and step 2 from the above procedure.
2 If necessary, change the Approach height above teachpoint value.
3 Click Approach.
The liquid- handling head moves to the selected location’s approach height.
Related information

Jog/Teach tab “Jog/Teach tab quick reference” on
page 284
Using the Jog/Teach tab controls to • “Homing the liquid- handling head”
move the head on page 94
on page 95
Moving the head manually “Manually moving the head or gripper”

on page 80

page 26
Editing a teachpoint “Setting teachpoints” on page 36

About this topic

If your Bravo Platform has a gripper, you can use the controls in Diagnostics
to move the gripper and troubleshoot problems.
See “Verifying the gripper setup” on page 43 for instructions on how to:
• Test the gripper pick- and- place function
• Adjust the y- axis offset
This topic describes how to use the controls in the Gripper tab in Diagnostics
to do the following:
• “Jogging the gripper” on page 101
• “Opening and closing the gripper” on page 102
• “Changing the gripper speed” on page 102
• “Homing the gripper” on page 102

• “Docking the gripper” on page 103

• “Disabling and enabling the gripper motors” on page 103

The gripper Move and Approach commands are used when verifying
teachpoints. In the Gripper Teaching area:
• Click Move to quickly move the liquid- handling head to a teachpoint above
a selected deck location and lower the gripper to the surface of the
platepad.
• Select the Approach height (mm), and then click Approach to lower the gripper
to the approach (offset) height. The offset height is the distance above the
teachpoint.
Jogging the gripper

You can use the controls in the Gripper tab to jog the gripper in the Zg and
the G axes of motion.
G Zg
To jog the gripper:

1 In the Jog Gripper Axes area, specify the distance (mm) to jog.
2 Click the direction button to move the gripper.
3 In the Zg-Axis and G-Axis areas, check the new distance from the home
position.

Opening and closing the gripper

To verify that the gripper is able to open and close properly, in the Jog Gripper
Axes area, click Open gripper and Close gripper. Watch the gripper movement as
you do so.
Changing the gripper speed

Under normal operating conditions, you do not need to change the gripper
speed. However, for troubleshooting purposes, you might want to change the
speed when you check other gripper functions.
To set the gripper speed:

In the Jog Gripper Axes area, select the desired speed (Slow, Medium, or Fast) in
the Speed list.
Note: The speed setting applies only for Diagnostics and does not apply to the
closing grip action.
Homing the gripper

The gripper has a defined home position for each axis of its motion. Homing
sends the gripper to the home position of the axes.
Homing the gripper is done automatically during startup. However, you might
want to home the gripper during troubleshooting processes.
To home the gripper:

In the Zg-Axis or G-Axis areas, click Home Zg or Home G. The gripper moves to
the predefined position on the corresponding axis.

Docking the gripper

During troubleshooting or verification procedures, you might want to dock the
gripper.
To dock the gripper:

In the Jog Gripper Axes area, click Dock gripper below head. The gripper moves
upward and rests in the recess under the liquid- handling head.
Disabling and enabling the gripper motors

When you disable the Zg- axis (vertical direction) or the G- axis (opening-
closing direction) motor, the motor remains disabled until a command is issued
to enable the gripper motor.
To disable the gripper motors:

In the Zg-Axis or G-Axis area, click Disable motor. The corresponding Motor
enable light goes out.
To enable the gripper motors:

In the Zg-Axis or G-Axis area, click Enable motor. The corresponding Motor enable
light turns bright green.
Related information

Gripper tab quick reference “Gripper tab quick reference” on
page 288
Using the Jog/Teach tab controls to • “Homing the liquid- handling head”
move the liquid- handling head on page 94
on page 95
manually on page 80

page 26

Performing a task using Diagnostics
About this topic

You can use Diagnostics to perform tasks, such as Aspirate, Mix, and Dispense.
Performing these tasks in can be useful for development and troubleshooting
purposes.
Before you start

Do the following:
• Initialize the profile in Diagnostics, and then click the Processes tab.
• Verify that the correct labware is positioned on the Bravo deck.
Procedure
Performing a task requires that you:
• Choose a location
• Select a task and task parameters
• Select labware

To perform a task:
1 Select a location. You can do one of the following:
• Click the location in the graphical display.
• Select from the Location list.
2 Select the labware from the Labware at selected location list.
3 If the task involves two locations, repeat step 1 and step 2.
For example, if you select the Assemble Vacuum task for a Vacuum
Filtration Station, you could have a collection plate at Location 1 and a
filter plate at Location 2.
4 Series III disposable- tip heads and Bravo 96AM Head only. To use one
row or column of channels instead of all channels in the head:
a Click Set head mode.
b In the Head Mode Selector dialog box, select the barrels, and then click
OK.
Note: If you select a single row on a disposable- tip head, make sure you
retract the head stripper pins.
5 If you are using the head in serial mode or the head has fewer tips than
the plate has wells, select the quadrant or quadrants in the Well Selection
and Head Mode area.
Click a representative well in the plate graphic to select the corresponding
quadrant of wells. The selection message appears below the plate graphic.
6 In the Command Parameters area:
a Select the process from the Command to execute list.
b Set the parameter values for the command.

Command to execute Parameter description

Aspirate “Aspirate task parameters” on
page 299
Assemble Vacuum “Vacuum Filtration Station task
Disassemble Vacuum parameters” on page 313
Dispense “Dispense task parameters” on
page 302
Dispense to Waste “Dispense to Waste task parameters”
on page 304
Mix “Mix task parameters” on page 307
Pump Reagent “Pump Reagent parameters” on
page 310
Shake “Shake task parameters” on page 311
Tips On No parameter settings
Tips Off
Move and Filter Plate “Vacuum Filtration Station task
parameters” on page 313
Wash Tips “Wash Tips task parameters” on
page 316
Pin Tool “Pin Tool task parameters” on
page 320
Bravo 96AM Head only
AM Aspirate “AM Aspirate task parameters” on
page 323
AM Cartridges On No parameter settings
AM Cartridges Off
AM Dispense “AM Dispense task parameters” on
page 328
AM Mix “AM Mix task parameters” on
page 333
AM Wash Syringes
c To start the process, click Execute command.
To stop a process before completion, click Stop motors to stop the
movement of the Bravo head. To re- enable the motors, click Enable all
motors on the Jog/Teach tab.
Alternatively, you may click the emergency- stop button on the pendant
to stop the diagnostic process.
Related information

Bravo task parameters “Processes tab quick reference” on
page 295


Bravo Platform
User Guide
A
Accessories and platepads
This chapter describes the accessories platepads that can be used
with the Bravo Platform and provides the installation and removal
procedures.
• “Bravo accessories overview” on page 108
• “Installing and setting up an Orbital Shaking Station” on
page 110
• “Using the teach plate to set the teachpoint for an accessory”
on page 117
• “Installing and setting up a Vacuum Filtration Station” on
page 118
• “Setting up a Trash or Filter Plate Holder accessory” on
page 138
• “Configuring a platepad for delidding” on page 143
• “Installing and configuring a platepad or Alignment Station” on
page 144
• “Installing and configuring a Magnetic Bead Accessory” on
page 147
• “Installing and setting up a Nested Rack Insert” on page 151
• “Using the Manual Fill Reservoir” on page 154
• “Setting up the Thermal Station (cooling pad)” on page 155
• “Installing a Heating Shaking Station” on page 158
• “Setting up thermal and shaking stations (Inheco controller)”
on page 161
• “Installing and configuring the Peltier Thermal Station” on
page 167
• “(Bravo SRT only) Setting up an LT tip box location” on
page 173
For details on how to set up accessories on the AssayMAP Bravo
Platform, see “About installing the AssayMAP Bravo Platform” on
page 209.
107

A
Bravo accessories overview
Description
You can add accessories to the Bravo Platform to enhance existing functions
and facilitate operation. The accessories and platepads include:
Accessory Description See…

Alignment Station Positions 1536- well microplates “Installing and
for precise pipetting and ST tip configuring a
boxes for precise tips- on platepad or
operations. Alignment Station”
The Alignment Station can also on page 144
be used for 384- well microplates.
Autofilling Consists of the following: “Autofilling

accessories • Pump Module accessories” on
page 177.
• Auto Filling Reservoir, Tip
Wash Station, or Open Wash
Tray
• Weigh Station (optional)
Barcode Reader Consists of a platepad with a “Setting up the

barcode reader and a mirror that Barcode Reader” on
can be installed in place of a page 187
platepad at any deck location.
Lid hotel Enables you to configure a “Configuring a

(delidding option platepad in the software to platepad for
in Diagnostics) accept a lid in a delidding delidding” on
process. You use Diagnostics to page 143
configure this option.
Filter Plate Provides a location for a filter “Setting up a Trash

Holder plate while awaiting assembly of or Filter Plate Holder
the Vacuum Filtration Station accessory” on
and when disassembling the page 138
station.
Heating Shaking Provides heating and fluid “Installing a Heating

Station mixing across a microplate. The Shaking Station” on
(Teleshake 95) station uses the Inheco Single page 158
TEC Control (STC) or Multi TEC
Control (MTC).
Light Curtain Pauses or stops the operation if G5562A, G5563A

the operator reaches into the Bravo Platform
Bravo Platform during a run. Safety and
Installation Guide

A
Accessory Description See…

Magnetic Bead Designed to separate smaller “Installing and
Accessory volumes (up to 350 µL). configuring a
Magnetic Bead
Accessory” on
page 147
Manual Fill Supplies reagents to 96- and “Using the Manual

Reservoir 384- tip heads. Fill Reservoir” on
This reservoir requires manual page 154
refilling and emptying.
Peltier Thermal Uses Peltier technology to “Installing and

Station (CPAC provide temperature control configuring the
Ultraflat) uniformly across a microplate. Peltier Thermal
The station uses the Inheco Station” on page 167
Single TEC Control (STC) or
Multi TEC Control (MTC).
Nested Rack Provides stability for a stack of “Installing and

Insert nested tip boxes to ensure setting up a Nested
precision during a tips- on Rack Insert” on
process. page 151
Orbital Shaking Mixes labware contents using a “Installing and

Station shaking motion. setting up an Orbital
Shaking Station” on
page 110
SRT platepad for Enables tips on and tips off “(Bravo SRT only)
250- µL tip boxes tasks using the 250- µL tip box Setting up an LT tip
on the shorter SRT Bravo box location” on
Platform. page 173
Thermal Station Uses a fluid- filled thermal block “Setting up the

(chiller) to provide temperature control Thermal Station
uniformly across a microplate. (cooling pad)” on
page 155
Trash location Installs in a deck location 4 or 6 “Setting up a Trash

cutout to provide through- deck or Filter Plate Holder
access to a trash container accessory” on
underneath the deck. page 138
Vacuum Filtration Uses vacuum to filter the “Installing and

Station contents of a microplate. setting up a Vacuum
Filtration Station” on
page 118
Related information

Pipette heads “Liquid- handling heads” on page 11

A
Installing and setting up an Orbital Shaking Station

AssayMAP Bravo Platform “AssayMAP Bravo Platform” on
page 199
Setting up liquid and labware VWorks Automation Control Setup

definitions Guide
Using an accessory in a protocol VWorks Automation Control User

Guide
Description
The Orbital Shaking Station is a microplate shaker that can be installed at any
deck location on top of a short adapter pad instead of a platepad. The Orbital
Shaking Station has the option of using its own control module, or an Inheco
Single TEC controller (STC) or Multi TEC controller (MTC). For a full
description of the Orbital Shaking Station, see the manufacturer’s
documentation.
Figure Orbital Shaking Station with its own control module and an adapter pad

A
Setup workflow

1 Install the Orbital Shaking Station. “Installing the Orbital Shaking
Station” on page 111
2 Configure the station in Diagnostics. “Configuring the Orbital

Shaking Station in
3 Test the station operation. “Testing the Orbital Shaking

Station” on page 115
4 Edit the teachpoint using the pipettor “Adjusting the teachpoint

teach plate. Be sure to consider the using a teach plate” on
10- mm thickness of the teach plate page 117
when you edit the teachpoint.
Installing the Orbital Shaking Station

Before you start
Make sure you have the following:
• Orbital Shaking Station with adapter pad and attachment screws
• Hex wrenches: M2, M4, and M5
If the Orbital Shaking Station does not have its own control module, make sure
that you have an Inheco Single TEC controller (STC) or Multi TEC controller
(MTC).
WARNING Turn off the Bravo Platform before you install or remove the accessory.
Ensure that you remove the platepad from the deck location where you plan to
install the Orbital Shaking Station.
To install the Orbital Shaking Station:

1 Position the adapter pad at the target deck location aligning the dowel pins
with the corresponding holes in the deck.
Make sure the adapter pad sits level on the deck.
2 Insert the M6 x 12- mm flathead screw into the center of the adapter pad
and tighten the screw.
3 Place the Orbital Shaking Station atop the adapter pad so that the cable is
towards the back of the Bravo deck.

A
Make sure the station is completely centered on top of the adapter and sits
level.
4 Insert the two M3 x 18- mm sockethead cap screws into the holes at the
front and back end of the adapter pad and use a 2.5- mm hex driver to
tighten the screws.
Tighten screws evenly to ensure the feet on the bottom of the Orbital
Shaking Station are pressed evenly into the adapter pad and the pad
remains level.
Note: The feet of the Orbital Shaking Station are compressible, and these
screws do not reach a hard stop as a result.
CAUTION The Orbital Shaking Station can shift slightly when tightening. Ensure that
the sides of the Orbital Shaking Station are parallel to the sides of the adapter plate. If the
Orbital Shaking Station is rotated, it could cause the Bravo gripper to collide with the
accessory.
Connecting the Orbital Shaking Station

Connecting a station that uses the STC or MTC Controller
To connect a station that uses the Inheco STC or MTC Controller:
1 Connect the cable from the station to the Controller.
2 Connect the STC or MTC Controller to the computer using the provided
USB cable.
Connecting a station that has its own control module
If the station that has its own control module, you connect the serial cable
from the speed control (on the power cord) to the serial port on the Bravo
computer, as described in the following procedure.
To connect an Orbital Shaking Station with its own control module:

1 Route the Orbital Shaking Station cable off the deck and connect it to the
control module that contains the power plug. See following figure, item 1.

A
2 1
2 Connect the serial cable with the red stripe to the leftmost port on the
control module (figure, item 2). Connect the other end of the cable to the
serial port, if available, on the controlling computer.
IMPORTANT Connecting the Orbital Shaking Station to a serial port on

the computer provides more reliable communication than using a USB-
to- serial adapter. If a serial port is not available, use a USB- to- serial
adpater.
3 On the control module, ensure that the knob is turned fully

counterclockwise so that the red arrow (3) is pointing to the RS- 232
setting.
4 Connect the power cable (4) from the control module to an AC outlet with
a grounded circuit.
5 Turn on and test the Orbital Shaking Station as follows:
a On the control module, turn the knob clockwise to the maximum
position, and verify that the Orbital Shaking Station vibrates.
b Slowly, turn the knob back counterclockwise to the minimum position
until the station stops vibrating but is not fully off.
6 Place a sample microplate on the Orbital Shaking Station. Verify that the
microplate fits within the four corner tabs but has no extra space.
If necessary, use the supplied hex driver to adjust the fit of the four corner
tabs for your microplate.
Note: Before the accessory is ready for use, you will verify the deck
configuration in the corresponding Bravo profile and set the teachpoint for the
accessory location.
About connecting multiple Orbital Shaking Stations

You can connect multiple Orbital Shaking Stations that have their own control
module in a series. At the first station, connect the serial cable from the speed
control (on the power cord) to the RS- 232 port on the speed control of the
second station. Repeat this step for each station in the series.

A
Figure Connecting multiple Orbital Shaking Stations
Uninstalling the Orbital Shaking Station

To uninstall the Orbital Shaking Station:
1 Disconnect the Orbital Shaking Station power cord from the AC outlet.
2 Disconnect the control module serial cable from the Bravo computer.
3 Using the M2 hex wrench, remove the two sockethead screws in the Orbital
Shaking Station.
4 Remove the Orbital Shaking Station from the adapter pad.
5 Using the M5 hex wrench, remove the screw in the center of the adapter
pad, and then remove the adapter pad.
Next steps:
1 Install a platepad or accessory at this deck location.
2 In Diagnostics, select the appropriate profile, and then click the Configuration
tab and reconfigure this location.
3 Adjust the teachpoint of the location.
Configuring the Orbital Shaking Station in Diagnostics

To configure the Orbital Shaking Station:
1 In Diagnostics, click the Profiles tab, and verify that the correct profile is
initialized.
2 In the Configuration tab, select the Location of the Orbital Shaking Station.

A
3 Under Location is configured as, select Accessory. The Bravo Accessories

Wizard opens.
4 Follow the instructions in the Accessories Wizard to:
a Verify the Location of the installed Orbital Shaking Station.
b Choose the Orbital Shaking Station accessory.
c Select the controlling computer Serial Port that connects to the Orbital
Shaking Station.
Note: The Serial Port parameter is automatically defined when a
USB- to- serial adapter is connected to the computer. You might need
to look up the port number assigned to this device in the Microsoft
Windows Device Manager.
Note: Occasionally, a port number is reassigned for a USB- to- serial
connection if you disconnect and reconnect the accessory. If this
happens, you must verify that the correct Serial Port is set in each
profile.
d Select the Module number that indicates the position of the Orbital
Shaking Station you are configuring.
For example, select 1 if the station is connected directly to the
controlling computer. Select 2 for a station that is connected to the
first station, and so on.
5 Click Finish.
6 When the configuration message appears, click Yes to initialize the
accessory and move the teachpoint to a safe height. You must set the
teachpoint after completing this procedure.
Test the station operation using the following procedure, and then verify and
adjust the teachpoint for the accessory location. See “Adjusting the teachpoint
using a teach plate” on page 117.
Testing the Orbital Shaking Station

Ensure that the profile is initialized in Bravo Diagnostics before you perform
the following procedure.

A
To test the Orbital Shaking Station:

1 In the Accessory Configuration area, click the Orbital Shaking Station icon, and
then click Diagnose accessory. The Bravo Accessory Diagnostics dialog box
opens.
2 Type the RPM, select the Stir direction, and then click Start.
3 At the Orbital Shaking Station on the deck, verify that the accessory
operates correctly.
4 In the Bravo Accessory Diagnostics dialog box, click Stop, and then click OK.
Related information

Bravo Platform hardware “Hardware overview” on page 5
components
Adjusting the teachpoint “Using the teach plate to set the

teachpoint for an accessory” on
page 117
Using the accessory in a protocol VWorks Automation Control User

Guide

A
Using the teach plate to set the teachpoint for an accessory
Using the teach plate to set the teachpoint for an accessory
About this topic

The teach plate is a 10 mm thick metal plate that fits in the plate nest of an
accessory, such as the Orbital Shaking Station. The teach plate has a crosshairs
in one corner, as the following figure shows. You use the teach plate to set the
pipettor teachpoint for an accessory that does not have a crosshairs for
alignment.
Figure Teach plate
Adjusting the teachpoint using a teach plate
IMPORTANT When editing the teachpoint for the accessory, you must account
for the teach plate height before setting the teachpoint.
To set a teachpoint using the teach plate:

1 Place the teach plate on the accessory installed at the given deck location.
3 In the Location list, select the deck location of the accessory.
4 In the Jog/Teach tab, use the controls to jog the head so that the A1
pipette tip is in the correct position (directly over the crosshairs with
paper- thin clearance). For details, see “Setting the first teachpoint” on
page 38.
5 Jog the head up in the z- axis so that you have enough room to remove the
teach plate. Remove the teach plate.
6 In the Jog/Teach tab, use the controls to jog the head down in the z- axis
until there is paper- thin clearance between the end of the tip and the
station’s top surface.
7 Click Teach to set the teachpoint.
Related information


A
Installing and setting up a Vacuum Filtration Station


Guide
About this topic

This topic describes how to set up the Vacuum Filtration Station on the Bravo
Platform.
This topic contains the following information:
• “Before you start” on page 118
• “Component descriptions and options” on page 119
• “Supported stacking configurations” on page 121
• “Installing the station” on page 122
• “Connecting to house vacuum with the pinch- valve module” on page 124
• “Connecting and configuring the Agilent VARIO Vacuum Pump” on page 128
• “Uninstalling the Vacuum Filtration Station” on page 131
• “Configuring the Vacuum Filtration Station for the VWorks software” on
page 132
• “Testing the Vacuum Filtration Station” on page 134
Before you start

The Vacuum Filtration Station may be installed on a standard Bravo Platform
and is compatible with the Series III disposable- tip heads only. Agilent
Technologies recommends installing the station on a short platepad (SRT
platepad). The Vacuum Filtration Station is not supported on the SRT Bravo
Platform.
The following table presents the workflow for setting up and automating the
assembly and disassembly processes for the Vacuum Filtration Station.

1 Determine which components of • “Component descriptions
the Vacuum Filtration Station are and options” on page 119
required for your labware. • “Supported stacking
configurations” on
page 121
• Vacuum Filtration Station
Labware Compatibility
Matrix

A

2 Install the Vacuum Filtration “Installing the station” on
Station. page 122
3 In Diagnostics, configure the “Configuring the Vacuum

Vacuum Filtration Station in the Filtration Station for the
device profile. VWorks software” on page 132
4 In the VWorks Labware Editor, VWorks Automation Control

ensure that the labware definitions Setup Guide
are correct for the filter and
collection plates that will be
placed on the Vacuum Filtration
Station during a protocol run.
Set the microplate parameters and
the Bravo gripper offset for the
labware.
5 In the VWorks software, add one VWorks Automation Control

or more pairs of the vacuum User Guide
assembly and disassembly tasks in
the protocol.
Component descriptions and options
The Vacuum Filtration Station applies vacuum to filter the contents of

microplates placed on the station. The station consists of a collar and a
manifold base that can be assembled and disassembled automatically. The
following figure shows the primary components.

A
Figure Vacuum Filtration Station components: A collar options, B base and optional inserts
A
1 2
Item Name. Description

1 Collar The top of the vacuum manifold, which can be placed in
with blue different stacking configurations, as described in the
gasket following section.
and clear The collar is available in standard and deep- well models.
gasket The deep- well collar is required to accommodate plate- on-
frame plate stacking for deep- well microplates. The Bravo device
support profile configuration specifies the collar size.
IMPORTANT If the assembled vacuum configuration

includes a filter plate on top of the collar, ensure that the
clear plastic frame is seated in the blue gasket to reinforce
it.
Note: Different types of gasket frame inserts are available.

See the manufacturer’s user documentation for a detailed
description.

A
Item Name. Description

2 Black The same collar as item 1, except the flexible blue gasket
gaskets is replaced with two black gaskets that are held in place
for collar by an adhesive. One black gasket adheres to the top of the
collar, and the second black gasket adheres to the
underside surface of the collar top to maintain the correct
spacing underneath the collar.
Use the black gaskets instead of the blue gasket in the
following configurations:
• If the type of filter plate cannot be seated on the blue
gasket fitted with the clear gasket frame, you may
replace the blue gasket with the two black gaskets to
accommodate the filter plate. In this case, adhere one
black gasket on top and one black gasket on the
underside of the collar.
• If the filter plate nozzles are too short to reach the
wells in the collection plate underneath the collar, you
may omit the black gasket on the underside of the
collar. If you do this, ensure that you specify the collar
option in the Bravo device profile as Black gasket on top
side only.
3 Inserts The white plastic spacers that can be placed in the base
manually before starting the protocol, if required, to raise
the height of a collection plate that sits underneath the
collar. Two sizes are available. You may use multiple
inserts in combination for a combined height of 15 mm,
maximum.
4 Base The bottom of the vacuum manifold that connects to the

vacuum source. The base should be installed on a short
platepad to compensate for the height of the assembled
station including labware.
For more details about the Vacuum Filtration Station collar and base, see the
Millipore user documentation.
IMPORTANT Ensure that the base of the station is installed on a short

platepad (SRT platepad). If the Vacuum Filtration Station configuration is too
tall for the Bravo gripper to assemble without the risk of a collision, an error
will occur during the run.
Supported stacking configurations

In addition to the basic configuration of the collar stacked on the station base,
other configurations can be automatically assembled and disassembled during a
protocol run. The common configuration options are as follows:
• Configuration A. The filter and collection plates are part of the station
assembly.
Note: Double- filtration is possible in configuration A by including one
filter plate as part of the station assembly and a second filter plate on
top of the vacuum collar.

A
• Configuration B. The filter plate is not part of the station assembly. The
robot will move the filter plate to the station during the protocol run after
the assembly process is finished.
• Configuration C. The filter plate is not part of the station assembly. The
robot will move the filter plate to the station during the protocol run after
the assembly process is finished.
A B C
Filter plate
Collar
Filter plate
Collar
Filter plate
Collar
Collection plate Collection plate
Base Base Base
Platepad Platepad Platepad
Installing the station
Before you begin

WARNING To avoid potential injury and damage to the device, turn off the device before
installing or removing an accessory.

• Vacuum Filtration Station kit. Contains the vacuum manifold base and
collar, tubing for robotic and manual setups, waste bottle, and filter.
IMPORTANT An SRT platepad is typically required to provide clearance

for the height of the assembled vacuum stack.
• M1.5 hex wrench

• Vacuum source. Use one of the following:
– House vacuum and pinch- valve module
IMPORTANT The house vacuum must be regulated to a maximum of

286.49 mbar (8.46 inHg), because the pinch- valve tubing will
collapse with higher vacuum pressure.
– Agilent ME4C NT VARIO Pump

For detailed information, see the ME4C NT VARIO Pump manual at
https://www.vacuubrand.com.
• Available serial port on the controlling computer

A
IMPORTANT Inspect the Vacuum Filtration Station base to ensure that it is

ready for robotic use: (1) Remove the plug, if present, that blocks the vacuum
port from within the base. (2) Unscrew the four rubber feet if installed on the
base.
Figure Removal of (1) plastic plug from vacuum port and (2) rubber feet from base
Determining the installation location

Make sure that the installation location for the Vacuum Filtration Station base
enables routing of the tubing.
For example, on the Bravo deck, you can install the Vacuum Filtration Station
on a platepad at deck location 1, 2, or 3 if you want to route the tubing out
the rear opening.
Figure Installation options on the Bravo deck: location 1, 2, or 3 on the back row
To install a Vacuum Filtration Station:

1 Place the base of the Vacuum Filtration Station on the platepad (typically,
an SRT platepad).
Ensure that the base sits level and that the vacuum port faces in the
correct orientation for the tubing exit.
2 To secure the base, use a M1.5 hex wrench to tighten the setscrew in the
platepad tab.

A
3 Connect the Vacuum Filtration Station as required for the type of vacuum
source:
• House vacuum with pinch- valve module.
• Agilent VARIO Pump.
Connecting to house vacuum with the pinch-valve module

Perform the following tasks to connect the pinch- valve module to the house
vacuum source.

1 Connect the manual vacuum “Connecting the control- valve- and-
pressure control- valve- and- gauge assembly” on page 124
gauge assembly.
2 Connect the pinch- valve tubing “Connecting the pinch valve tubing”
and cables. on page 125
3 Set the pressure using the “Setting the vacuum pressure” on

manual vacuum control- valve page 127
and gauge.
Connecting the control-valve-and-gauge assembly

Refer to the following figure to connect the manual pressure control- valve- and-
gauge assembly.
To connect the pressure control-valve-and-gauge assembly:

1 Ensure that the base (manifold) of the Vacuum Filtration Station is
installed on the Bravo platepad.
2 Connect the coupling insert on the end of the four- way connector (1) to
the quick- disconnect fitting (2) on the base. Push the coupling insert until
it clicks.
3 Connect the coupling insert on the end of the manual vacuum control valve
tubing (3) to the quick- disconnect fitting on the short arm of the four- way
connector.

A
4 Connect the coupling insert on the end of the vacuum pressure gauge
tubing (4) to the quick- disconnect fitting on the long arm of the four- way
connector.
5 Optional. Disconnect the manual on/off toggle switch (5) from the end of
the tubing. This toggle switch is not required for the setup.
Connecting the pinch valve tubing
IMPORTANT The house vacuum must be regulated to a maximum of

286.49 mbar (8.46 inHg), because the pinch- valve tubing will collapse with
higher vacuum pressure.
Note: The pinch- valve tubing can collapse with regular use over time, resulting
in inadequate vacuum flow for the Vacuum Filtration Station. Replace the
tubing periodically to keep the Vacuum Filtration Station functioning as
intended.
The following figure shows the connections from the Vacuum Filtration Station
to a vacuum source via a pinch- valve module.
Figure Vacuum Filtration Station connections for a pinch-valve module
3
5
4
6 7
Item Name Description

1 Vacuum control Helps regulate the vacuum pressure to prevent the
valve- and- gauge pinch- valve module tubing from collapsing.
assembly
2 Pinch- valve module assembly

A
Item Name Description

• 3- way Branches the tubing from the Vacuum Filtration
connector Station base to the vent and valve ports on the
pinch- valve module.
• Pinch- valve Houses the electronics that communicate with the

module software to automatically open, close, or vent the
vacuum pressure.
• Vent port Routes the vent tubing on the pinch- valve module.
• Valve port Routes the tubing from the vacuum source to the
Vacuum Filtration Station through the waste
bottle.
3 Waste bottle and Collects the waste solution from the filtration
tubing process.
4 Filter Prevents particulates from the entering the

vacuum supply.
5 House vacuum Provides the vacuum supply for the filtration

process.
6 Power cord Connects the pinch- valve module to an AC outlet.
7 Communication Connects the pinch- valve module to the com port

cable, serial on the controlling computer.
To connect the Vacuum Filtration Station using the pinch-valve module:

1 Ensure that the vacuum source is turned off.
2 Connect the tubing from the vacuum control valve- and- gauge assembly (1)
to the open three- way connector tubing on the pinch- valve module
assembly (2).
IMPORTANT If you are installing the control valve- and- gauge assembly
with the optional on/off toggle switch, ensure that the toggle switch is
in the on position (handle in line with valve body), as the following
figure shows.
Note: The remaining tubing from the three- way connector is pre-
assembled: One tube connects to the vent port, and the second tube
connects through the valve port.
3 Connect the open end of the pinch- valve tubing from the valve port (2) to
a port on the waste bottle (3).
4 Connect tubing between the second port of the waste bottle (3) and an in-
line filter (4).
5 Connect the tubing between the inline filter and the vacuum source (5).

A
6 Connect the power cable (6) from the pinch- valve module to an AC outlet.
7 Connect the communications cable (7) from the pinch- valve module to a
com port on the controlling computer.
Setting the vacuum pressure
To set the regulated vacuum pressure for the pinch valve:
1 Place a solid- bottom collection plate or the teach plate on top of the
installed collar on the Vacuum Filtration Station.
2 At the vacuum control valve, turn the knob fully counterclockwise (CCW)
so that the valve is completely open, preventing any vacuum pressure in
the tubing.
3 Turn on the vacuum source.

4 While observing the manual pressure gauge, slowly turn the control- valve
knob clockwise (CW), gradually closing the line and increasing the vacuum
until you achieve the desired vacuum pressure (8.46 inHg, maximum).
If the vacuum pressure exceeds 8.46 inHg, the pinch valve tubing may
collapse. If this occurs, turn off the vacuum source to the pinch valve and
turn the control- valve knob counterclockwise to eliminate the vacuum
pressure. You may need to massage the tubing slightly to open it up again.
Now you are ready to configure the Vacuum Filtration Station in the software.
See “Configuring the Vacuum Filtration Station for the VWorks software” on
page 132.

A
Connecting and configuring the Agilent VARIO Vacuum Pump
The following figure shows the Agilent ME4C NT VARIO Vacuum Pump.
Figure Agilent ME4C NT VARIO Vacuum Pump
CVC 300
0
For detailed instructions about the VARIO pump, see the manufacturer’s
Instructions for use, provided with the pump.
The following figure shows the connections for a Vacuum Filtration Station that
uses the ME4C NT VARIO Vacuum Pump.
Figure Vacuum Filtration Station connections for ME4C NT VARIO Vacuum Pump
5 7
2
4
9
3
6

A
Item Description
1 Vacuum Contains a vacuum port on that base that
Filtration connects to the tubing.
Station
2 Three- way Branches the tubing from the station’s base to the
connector pump and the waste bottle.
3 Waste bottle Collects the waste solution from the filtration

process.
4 Filter Prevents particulates from the entering the

vacuum supply.
5 Controller Controls the pump unit.
IMPORTANT To prevent potential siphoning,

ensure that the controller is located at a higher
level than the waste bottle and the Vacuum
Filtration Station.
6 Pump unit Provides the vacuum supply to the station.
7 Power supply Routes power between the pump and the

cable controller.
8 Communication Connects pump controller to a com port on the

cable, serial controlling computer.
9 Power cord Connects the pump to an AC outlet.
To connect the Vacuum Filtration Station to the ME4C NT VARIO Vacuum Pump:
1 Make sure the Vacuum Filtration Station base is installed on the platepad.
2 Using the three- way tubing connector:
a Connect the tubing with the quick- disconnect fitting to the port on the
station base (1), and connect the other end to the three- way connector
(2).
b Connect the input tubing from the waste bottle (3) to the three- way
connector.
c Connect tubing from the three- way connector to the port on the back
of the controller (5).
3 Connect the output tubing from the waste bottle (3) to the filter (4), and
connect the output tubing from the filter to the inlet on the front of the
pump (6).
4 Carefully, connect the pump’s power supply cable (7) to the 4- pin
connector on the back of the controller (5).
CAUTION Do not try to force the cable connector into the port on the controller.
Doing so can damage the connector.
5 Connect the communications cable (8) from the pump controller to a com
port on the controlling computer.
6 Connect the power cord (9) from the pump to an AC outlet.
A
7 Configure the controller communication settings as described in the

following procedure.
8 Turn on the controlling computer.
9 At the back of the pump, press the power switch to the on (|) position.
10 Configure the Comm port for the Vacuum Filtration Station in your
automation software. For instructions, see the configuration topics in the
help for the Encore Multispan software or the VWorks software, as
applicable.
To configure the controller communication settings for the pump:

1 At the controller panel, locate the power button (1) and the selection knob
(2), as the following figure shows.
CVC 3000
2 1
IMPORTANT In the following steps, the display will reset after 20

seconds of inactivity. If this happens, repeat the steps to access the
configuration display and make the selections.
2 If the controller power is off, press the power button to turn on the
display.
Note: The controller display will turn on automatically if the controller
power button was already set to on.
3 Access the controller configuration display as follows:
a Press the selection knob to display the settings menu. Turn the knob to
move the selector to Configuration, and then press the knob to make the
selection.
b In the Configuration display, turn the knob to move the selector to
RS-232, and then press the knob to make the selection.
c In the RS-232 configuration display, ensure that the parameters are set
as follows:
RS-232 parameters Values
Baud 9600
Parity 8- N- 1
Handshake None

A
RS-232 parameters Values

Remote Off
Note: Later, after you initialize the Vacuum
Filtration Station in your automation software,
the Remote setting will change to On
automatically.
To change a value, turn the selection knob to the desired parameter,
press the knob to access the value, and then turn the knob to change
the value. Press the knob again to confirm the new setting.
d Use the selection knob to move the selection to Back, and press the
knob to exit each display until you exit the Configuration display.
4 Ensure that the controller displays Vac control.
The PC icon will appear after you initialize the Vacuum Filtration
Station in your automation software, indicating that the pump is under
remote control.
CVC 3000
WARNING Before using the VARIO pump, refer to the safety information in the
manufacturer’s user documentation.
Note: While the PC icon appears on the controller display, the Vacuum
Filtration Station is under the control of the computer, and you can no longer
control the pump locally using the controller display.
If you want to reset the controller, press the power button to turn it off, set
the power switch on the back of the pump to off. Wait a minute, and then turn
on the pump and turn on the controller again.
For additional information on the VARIO pump, see the manufacturer’s user
documentation.
Uninstalling the Vacuum Filtration Station
WARNING To avoid potential injury and damage to the device, turn off the device
before installing or removing an accessory.
To uninstall the Vacuum Filtration Station:

1 Turn off the vacuum.
2 Disconnect the pump controller or pinch- valve communications cable from
the com port on the computer.

A
3 If applicable, disconnect the pinch- valve module from the vacuum source.
4 Disconnect the tube from the Vacuum Filtration Station.
5 Remove the set screw that is holding the station base to the platepad.
6 Remove the Vacuum Filtration Station from the platepad.
Configuring the Vacuum Filtration Station for the VWorks software
IMPORTANT The ME4C NT VARIO Vacuum Pump requires VWorks software

version 11.2 or later.
To configure the Vacuum Filtration Station in Diagnostics:

initialized.
2 Click the Configuration tab.
3 In the Locations list, select the deck location of the Vacuum Filtration
Station base.
4 In the Location is configured as list, select Accessory. The Accessories Wizard
opens.
5 In the Location list, confirm the deck location of the Vacuum Filtration
Station base, and then click Next.
6 In the Accessory list, select Vacuum Filtration Station, and then click Next.
7 In the “Vacuum Filtration Station” properties table, set the following:
a Serial Port. The com port on the controlling computer to which the
communications cable from the pinch- valve module or the pump
connects.
b Select one of the Configuration options:
• Always assembled. The station consists only of the base and the
collar, or the robot will not assemble or disassemble the station
components during a protocol run. If you select Always assembled,
select the Collar type. The options are Standard (38 mm) or Deep
(67.5 mm).
• Start disassembled. The station components are at different deck
locations and you want to use the Assemble Vacuum and
Disassemble Vacuum tasks during a protocol run.
c Pump connected. Choose one of the following:
Pump Description
Standard Select this option if the station is connected to the
pinch- valve module.

A
Pump Description
ME4CVario Select this option if the station is connected to the
ME4C NT VARIO Vacuum Pump.
If you select ME4CVario, set the Pump Pressure Units to

match the unit setting on the VARIO pump controller.
The options are mbar, Torr, and hPa.
Click Next.
8 Starts disassembled configuration only. Select the following:
a In the Location for Vacuum Filtration Collar list, select the deck location at
which the collar is located, and then click Next.
b In the Vacuum Filtration Collar properties table, specify the following, and
then click Next.
Pump Description
Collar type Specify the size of the collar:
Standard (38 mm) or Deep (67.5 mm).
Black gasket on top side only If the collar has the blue gasket or two
black gaskets, select No (default).
If you have omitted the black gasket on
the underside of the collar, select Yes.
9 Click Finish.
Note: If you verified the accuracy of the platepad teachpoint before
installing and configuring the Vacuum Filtration Station, no further
adjustment to the teachpoint should be required.

A
Testing the Vacuum Filtration Station

Before you start, ensure that you initialize the correct profile in Bravo
Diagnostics.
Testing the Pump Standard option

If you selected the Standard connection option when configuring the Vacuum
Filtration Station, use the following procedure to test the vacuum supply to the
station.
To test the Standard connection for a Vacuum Filtration Station:

1 Verify that the pre- assembled Vacuum Filtration Station is in place on the
target deck location and connected via the pinch- valve module.
2 In Diagnostics, click the Configuration tab.
3 In the Accessory Configuration area, highlight Vacuum Filtration Station, and then
click Diagnose accessory.
4 In the Accessory Diagnostics dialog box, start the vacuum as follows:

a Set the Vent valve to Closed.
b Set the Vacuum valve to Open.
c Click Execute.
Figure Accessory Diagnostics dialog box for the Standard connection

A
5 To stop the vacuum:

a Set the Vent valve to Open.
b Set the Vacuum valve to Closed.
c Click Execute.
6 Click OK.
Configuring the ME4C NT VARIO Vacuum Pump and testing the vacuum
If you selected the ME4C Vario connection when configuring the Vacuum
Filtration Station, use the following procedure to configure the pump settings
and test the vacuum supply to the station.
For more details on the ME4C NT VARIO Vacuum Pump, see the
manufacturer’s user guide.
To configure the ME4C NT VARIO Vacuum Pump and test the station:
1 Verify that the pre- assembled Vacuum Filtration Station is in place on the
target deck location and connected to the VARIO Vacuum Pump.
2 In Diagnostics, click the Configuration tab.
3 In the Accessory Configuration area, highlight Vacuum Filtration Station, and then
The Accessory Diagnostics dialog box opens.

A
Figure Accessory Diagnostics dialog box for the ME4C NT VARIO Vacuum Pump
4 To configure the pump:

a In the Get/Set the pressure in list, select the desired unit of measure
(mbar, Torr, hPa, mmHg, cmHg, and inHg). If the selected units differ
from the configuration, the software will convert the values.
b Set the Vent valve to Open.
c Set the Pump to Off.
d Type the Target pressure (differential).
e Click Set baseline pressure.
5 To start the vacuum:
a Set the Vent valve to Close.
b Set the Pump to On.
c Set the Target pressure.
d Click Execute.
6 To stop the vacuum:
a Set the Vent valve to Open.
b Set the Pump to Off.
c Click Execute.

A
Related information

Creating or updating labware VWorks Automation Control Setup
definitions for filter and collection Guide
plates used with the Vacuum
Filtration Station, including
specifying the gripper offset
The protocol liquid- handling tasks VWorks Automation Control User

for the Vacuum Filtration Station Guide
Videos that show the Bravo http://www.agilent.com/en- us/

Platform, Vacuum Filtration Station, products/automation- solutions/
and VWorks software automated- liquid- handling/bravo-
automated- liquid- handling- platform
http://www.agilent.com/en- us/
products/software- informatics/
automation- solutions/vworks-
automation- control- software#videos

A
Setting up a Trash or Filter Plate Holder accessory
About this topic

This topic describes how to set up a deck location as one of the following:
• Trash position for disposal of pipette tips
• Filter Plate Holder for use with the Vacuum Filtration Station
You can use this accessory as the filter plate location during the Vacuum
Assemble, Move and Filter Plate, and Vacuum Disassemble tasks in the
VWorks protocol.
The following figure shows the Tip Trash Bin accessory, which can also be
used as a Filter Plate Holder.
Figure Agilent Tip Trash Bin or Filter Plate Holder accessory
Before you start

The accessory can be installed at Bravo deck locations 4 and 6, which have
cutouts for through- deck access.
Figure Bravo Platform on deck risers and top view of deck location cutouts
4 6
The hardware setup requirements vary depending on how the accessory is to

be used.
• Tip Trash Bin. In this case, deck risers (146 mm) are required to provide
the extra height for trash collection below the deck in a trash receptacle
(customer- supplied). In addition, a cutout may be required in the table
below this deck location. For installation details, contact Automation
Solutions Technical Support.

A
• Filter Plate Holder. If the accessory is used as a location for placing

labware, the Bravo Platform does not require deck risers. The cutout in the
center of the accessory is sufficient to provide the extra space for the filter
plate wells to protrude beyond the bottom edges of the filter plate skirt.
Use the following procedure to install the accessory.
Installing the Filter Plate Holder accessory

Ensure that you have the following:
• Wrenches
Depending on the instrument, M2 and M4 hex wrenches or T10 and T30
wrenches are required.
• Filter Plate Holder accessory
To install the Filter Plate Holder accessory:

1 Uninstall the platepad, if applicable, from Bravo deck location 4 or 6.
To uninstall a platepad, remove the M6 flathead screw from the center of
the platepad. Remove the platepad.
2 Remove the four M3 screws that attach the cutout cover to the deck. Lift
the cutout cover out of the deck.
Figure Side view of cutout cover on the Bravo deck
3 Position the Filter Plate Holder in the cutout, aligning the two dowel pins
in the holes.
4 Install the four M3 screws that secure the Filter Plate Holder to the deck.
Figure Filter Plate Holder front view
Configuring the Filter Plate Holder in the software

To configure the Filter Plate Holder in Diagnostics:
initialized.

A

3 In the Locations list, select the deck location of the installed accessory.
IMPORTANT Only deck location 4 or 6 are options for this accessory.

appears.
5 In the Location list, confirm the deck location of the accessory, and then
click Next.
6 In the Accessory list, select Filter Plate Holder, and then click Next.
7 Click Finish.
8 When a message appears and asks whether to move the teachpoint to a
safe Z height, do one of the following:
• Click No if you verified the accuracy of the platepad teachpoint before
installing and configuring the accessory, no further adjustment to the
teachpoint should be required.
• Click Yes if you plan to reteach this location.
The image of the accessory appears at the specified deck location in the
Configuration tab, as the following figure shows.

A
Figure Filter Plate Holder in the Configuration tab

When authoring protocols in the VWorks software, use the Place Plate task in
the Bravo Subprocess to move filter plates or other microplates to this Bravo
accessory location. You may specify which Labware Class is allowed at this
location. For example, you might want to allow only filter plates at this
location. For more details on Labware Classes, see the VWorks Automation
Control Setup Guide. For more details on how to create a protocol, see the
Configuring the Trash location in the software

If you plan to use the accessory for a trash location only, no trash
configuration is required in Bravo Diagnostics. Instead, you configure the
accessory location as static labware in the protocol Bravo Subprocess. In the
Configure Labware dialog box, ensure that you select a tip trash “labware” at
the corresponding deck location. In the Bravo Subprocess, use the Tips Off
task to eject the pipette tips at the Tip Trash Bin accessory. The following
figure shows an example protocol. For more details, see the VWorks

A
Figure Example of VWorks protocol with static labware configuration for tip trash at deck location 6
Related information


Guide

A
Configuring a platepad for delidding
About this topic

This topic explains how to use Bravo Diagnostics to configure a platepad to
accept a lid in a delidding process.
Before you start

• Make sure you install a platepad at the desired deck location.
• Do not install another accessory at this deck location.

To configure a platepad for delidding:
initialized.
appears.
• Choose the Location on which you want to place the microplate lid.
Note: Your selection in the Accessories Wizard overrides the selection
in the Configuration tab.
• Select the Lid hotel accessory to indicate that you want to use the
Delidding and Relidding tasks.
Note: Because you can place only one lid on the designated platepad,
Number of Slots is set to 1.
5 When the accessory configuration message appears, do one of the
following:
• If you have not yet edited the teachpoint, click Yes. After the software
initializes the accessory, edit the teachpoint.
• If you have already verified the teachpoint, click No.
Related information

page 26

Guide

A
Installing and configuring a platepad or Alignment Station
About this topic

This topic describes how to install and configure a standard platepad and the
Alignment Station.
Descriptions
Standard platepad
The standard platepad can accommodate any microplate- sized labware. The
platepad has a crosshairs (1) in one corner, as the following figure shows,
which is used when setting pipettor teachpoints.
Alignment Station
An Alignment Station is a platepad that has three springed rollers on two of
the sides. The springed rollers are designed to push a microplate into the
opposing corner, securing the microplate position and ensuring precise
pipetting. Like the other platepads, it contains a crosshairs (1) for setting
pipettor teachpoints.
The Alignment Station can accommodate 1536- well microplates, small- transfer
(ST) tip boxes, and any other microplate requiring precision location.
Before you start

• Alignment Station or platepad
• M5 hex wrench
• 1.5- mm hex wrench

A
When installing the platepad or Alignment Station, ensure that you orient the
crosshairs towards the northwest corner of the deck, as the following figure
shows.
Figure Crosshairs orientation on the Bravo deck (top view)
Installing a platepad or Alignment Station
To install a platepad or Alignment Station:

1 If a different platepad is already installed at the target installation
location, remove it as follows:
a Uninstall the screw from the center of the platepad.
b Lift off the platepad ensuring that the dowel pins under the platepad
remain in the deck.
2 Position the platepad or Alignment Station at the target deck location.
Make sure the crosshairs are towards the northwest corner of the deck.
Ensure that the platepad or Alignment Station sits level on the deck.
3 Install the supplied flathead cap screw into the center of the platepad or
Alignment Station.
4 Ensure that the setscrews in the platepad tabs are recessed and not
protruding into the plate nest. Use a 1.5- mm hex wrench to back out any
protruding setscrews.
IMPORTANT A protruding setscrew will prevent proper seating of the

labware in the platepad.

A
Figure Setscrew in platepad tab
Configuring the deck location in the software

To configure the deck location in the software:
1 Initialize the profile in Bravo Diagnostics.
2 Click the Configuration tab, and verify that the deck location is configured
as a Standard Platepad.
3 Verify the teachpoint for this location. For instructions, see “Setting
teachpoints” on page 36.
Related information

components

A
Installing and configuring a Magnetic Bead Accessory
About this topic

This topic describes how to set up the Magnetic Bead Accessory on a standard
platepad.
Figure Magnetic Bead Accessory
how to set up Magnetic Bead Accessory and teach the Bravo Platform should perform the
following procedures.
Before you start

• Magnetic Bead Accessory
• 1.5 mm hex wrench
• Standard platepad installed at the target deck location
Use the following workflow.

1 Prepare the accessory for “Preparing the Magnetic Bead
installation. Accessory for installation” on
page 147
2 Configure the accessory in the “Configuring the accessory in

profile. Bravo Diagnostics” on page 148
3 Teach the accessory location. “Teaching the Magnetic Bead

Accessory” on page 149
Preparing the Magnetic Bead Accessory for installation
To prepare the Magnetic Bead accessory:

1 Place the Magnetic Bead Accessory on a flat surface, and press down on
the top of the magnet and then release it to determine if the springs have
been removed.
• If the magnet does not spring back up after release, skip to step 3.
• If the magnet springs up again after you release it, proceed to step 2.

A
2 Perform the following steps to securely mount the magnet to its backing
plate without the springs to eliminate any warping:
a Remove the four corner screws from the magnet (item 1 in the following
figure.
b Remove the springs from between the black plastic magnet mounting
(figure, item 2) and metal backing plate (item 3).
c Replace the screws with shorter ones, or use small washers (size M3
works well) to fill the gap and allow the screws to be tightened so that
they press the plastic magnet mounting firmly onto backing with the
stickerless side facing down.
3 Set the Magnetic Bead Accessory aside temporarily.
In subsequent procedures, you will set the teachpoint at the platepad
crosshairs, secure the Magnetic Bead Accessory in place atop the platepad,
and then adjust the teachpoint for the accessory.
Configuring the accessory in Bravo Diagnostics

The Magnetic Bead Accessory dimensions are greater than the standard
platepad in length (x- axis) and depth (y- axis). To ensure that the software
takes the dimensions of the accessory into account during automated moves,
you should configure the deck location for this accessory in Bravo Diagnostics.
To configure the deck location in the profile:

open.
3 In the Locations list, select the deck location of the accessory.
appears.
5 In the Location list, confirm the deck location of the accessory, and then
click Next.
6 In the Accessory list, select Magnetic Bead Accessory, and then click Next.
7 Click Finish.
8 When a message appears and asks whether to move the teachpoint to a
safe Z height, click No.
The image of the accessory appears at the specified deck location in the
Configuration tab.

A
Teaching the Magnetic Bead Accessory

To set the deck location teachpoint for the Magnetic Bead Accessory:
1 At the target installation location, make sure that a standard platepad is
installed and ensure the Magnetic Bead Accessory is removed from the
platepad. Set it aside temporarily.
2 Set the teachpoint to the crosshairs of the platepad. For instructions, see
“Setting the first teachpoint” on page 38.
3 Raise the head up in the z- axis by 29.6 mm using the Jog Axes controls in
the Jog/Teach tab.
IMPORTANT The 29.6 mm height will accommodate the accessory

height only if installed on a standard platepad.
Click Teach.
4 Click Move to safe height at current X/Y position.
5 Reposition the Magnetic Bead Accessory on the platepad, as shown in the

following figure (1). Ensure that the accessory is fully seated on the
platepad.
Figure Magnetic Bead accessory on top of a standard platepad
6 Using the 1.5 mm wrench, tighten the set screw in the tab, as shown in
preceding figure (2), to secure the base to the platepad.

A
7 In the Jog/Teach tab image of the Bravo deck, click the accessory Location.
8 In the Approach height above teachpoint list, select 2 mm, and then click
Approach.
The Bravo head moves to the deck location and moves down so that the
pipette tip is approximately 2 mm above the Magnetic Bead Accessory.
9 Verify that the pipette tips are centered above the magnet rings in the
x- and y- axes.
If necessary, adjust the x- and y- axes at this point, and then jog the head
down by 2 mm to the teachpoint z- axis and click Teach.
10 In the Profiles tab, click Update this profile to save the changes.
IMPORTANT Verify the this accessory teachpoint for your microplate type
using a full set of tips. For guidance, contact Agilent Automation Solutions
Technical Support.
Related information

components

A
Installing and setting up a Nested Rack Insert
About this topic

You should install the Nested Rack Insert if you are using nestable tip racks on
the Bravo Platform. The insert ensures the stability of a nestable tip rack
during tips- on and tips- off tasks. Up to five nestable tip racks can be stacked
on a single platepad using the Nested Rack Insert.
After you install the Nested Rack Insert, you configure the software to
automatically select the location in VWorks during tips- on and tips- off tasks.
This topic describes how to install and configure the Nested Rack Insert.
Figure Nested Rack Insert installed on a Bravo platepad
Before you begin

Make sure you do the following before installing the Nested Rack Insert:
• Ensure that the labware definition specifies a nested tip box as follows:
In the Labware Editor, click the Plate Properties tab. In the Requires insert list,
select Nested Rack Insert.
• Set the teachpoints for all deck locations.
• Verify that the gripper y- axis offset is correct. See “Verifying the gripper
setup” on page 43. In Bravo Diagnostics, perform a place plate task to
move a nested tip box and ensure the gripper y- axis offset is correct.
• Obtain a 1.5 mm hex wrench for installing the insert.

A
Installing and configuring the Nested Rack Insert

To install the Nested Rack Insert:
1 On the Bravo deck, locate the platepad where you plan to do tips- on and
tips- off tasks. Place the Nested Rack Insert on the platepad, making sure
to align the crosshairs on the insert (1) directly above the platepad
crosshairs.
2 To secure the Nested Rack Insert, use a 1.5 mm hex wrench to tighten the
platepad screw (2).
1
To configure the Nested Tip Rack Insert:

initialized.

appears.
a Specify the Location of the installed insert.
Note: Your selection in the Accessories Wizard overrides the default
selection in the Configuration tab.
b Choose the Nested Tip Rack Insert.
accessory and move the teachpoint to a safe height.

A
6 Set the teachpoint for the Nested Rack Insert using the same procedure
that you would for a platepad.
The Nested Rack Insert is approximately 5 mm taller than a standard
platepad.
8 To verify the setup, perform a tips- on task.
Related information

components
Gripper y- axis offset “Verifying the gripper setup” on

page 43
Setting up labware definitions VWorks Automation Control Setup

Guide

Guide

A
Using the Manual Fill Reservoir
Using the Manual Fill Reservoir
About this topic

This topic describes the Manual Fill Reservoir.
Description
The Manual Fill Reservoir is an open tray that you can install on a platepad to
supply reagents to 96- and 384- channel pipette heads. You must manually refill
and empty the reservoir.
Automation Solutions reservoirs are approved for use with most reagents and
solvents. If you have questions on the use of a particular chemical or solvent
in a Automation Solutions reservoir, contact Automation Solutions Technical
Support prior to use.
Figure Two types of Manual Fill Reservoirs: 96-well and 384-well options
96-well 384-well
Using the reservoir

Before using the reservoir:
1 In the Labware Editor, ensure a labware definition is set up with the
Reservoir base class. See VWorks Automation Control Setup Guide.
2 Specify the deck location as configured labware in the VWorks software.
See VWorks User Guide.
WARNING Before you place labware on the deck, ensure that the pipette head is not
moving.
To use a Manual Fill Reservoir:

1 Fill the reservoir and place it on a deck location. The reservoir can be in
any orientation.
2 To empty the reservoir, lift it from the deck location and discard the fluid
according to applicable regulations.

A
Setting up the Thermal Station (cooling pad)
Related information

Safety guidelines G5562A, G5563A Bravo Platform Safety
and Installation Guide

definitions Guide

Guide
About this topic

This topic describes how to install the Thermal Station (cooling pad) on a
Bravo deck location.
The Thermal Station uses a fluid- filled thermal block to provide temperature
control of ±0.1°C uniformly across a microplate. The Thermal Station consists
of an adapter pad that attaches to the deck, a thermal pad that installs on the
adapter pad, and a liquid chilling unit that supplies the chilled fluid to the
Thermal Station (cooling pad).
Note: The installation location is configured as a standard platepad in the

Bravo profile.
Setup workflow

1 Install the Thermal Station at the “Installing the Thermal
Bravo deck location. Station” on page 156
2 Edit the teachpoint using the teach “Using the teach plate to set
plate. Be sure to consider the 10- mm the teachpoint for an
thickness of the teach plate when you accessory” on page 117
edit the teachpoint.

A

3 Complete the hardware setup. “Completing the hardware
setup” on page 156
Installing the Thermal Station

Before you start
• Thermal Station (cooling pad), including the adapter pad and sockethead
screw that fastens the adapter pad to the deck
• Hex wrenches: M1.5 and M5
• Plumber’s tape
• Liquid chilling unit, tubing, and manufacturer user documentation
Procedure
To install the Thermal Station:

1 Ensure that the platepad is removed from the target deck location.
To remove the platepad, uninstall the M6 screw in the center of the
platepad and then lift the platepad off of the deck.
2 Prepare the aluminum adapter pad:
a On the adapter pad drain location, install the elbow plug with
plumber’s tape.
b Set the plug angle slightly lower than parallel to the pad to allow
draining.
3 Install the adapter pad at the target deck location:
a Align the adapter pad dowel pins with the holes on the deck with the
elbow plug on an outside edge.
b Make sure the adapter pad sits level on the deck.
Note: If necessary, use a rubber mallet to tap the adapter pad until
it sits level on the deck.
c Insert the screw into the center of the adapter pad and tighten.
4 Inspect the thermal pad to ensure no bowing is visible along its length at
the top and bottom.
5 Place the thermal pad on top of the adapter pad. Make sure the thermal
pad sits level on the adapter pad.
6 Using an M1.5 hex wrench, tighten the set screw on the adapter pad end
tab, and then tighten the two set screws in the side tabs to secure the
thermal pad in place.
Completing the hardware setup

After installing the Thermal Station, the following setup tasks must be
completed before the accessory is ready for use.

A

1 Connect one end of the marprene tubing to Liquid chilling unit
the cooling unit drain and place the other manufacturer’s user
end in a waste container. documentation
2 Install the straight ends of the thermal Liquid chilling unit

tubing into the cooling pad, and connect the manufacturer’s user
other ends into the cooling unit. documentation
3 Connect the power cord from cooling cube Liquid chilling unit
to an AC outlet. manufacturer’s user
documentation
4 Fill the liquid chilling unit. Liquid chilling unit

manufacturer’s user
documentation
5 Make sure the unit is on, and set the Liquid chilling unit
temperature. manufacturer’s user
Verify that the cooling pad achieves the set documentation
temperature.
Related information

Verifying and setting the teachpoint • “Using the teach plate to set the
for the accessory teachpoint for an accessory” on
page 117
• “Setting teachpoints” on page 36

Guide

A
Installing a Heating Shaking Station
About this topic

This topic describes how to install the Heating Shaking Station and presents
the workflow for configuring the accessory in the software.
Description
The Heating Shaking Station provides fluid mixing and heating for microplates.
The Heating Shaking Station uses a short adapter pad to attach to the Bravo
deck. The station uses the Inheco Single TEC Control (STC) or Multi TEC
Control (MTC) to connect to the computer and power source.
Figure Heating Shaking Station and adapter pad
Figure STC and MTC Controllers

A
Before you start
WARNING To prevent potential injury and damage to the device, turn off the Bravo
Platform before you install or remove an accessory.
The Heating Shaking Station may be installed at any deck location using the
short adapter pad instead of a platepad.
• Heating Shaking Station, including adapter pad, M6 x 12 flathead screw (to
attach the adapter pad), and two M3 x 18 sockethead cap- screws
• 2.5- mm and M5 hex wrenches
• Inheco STC or MTC Controller with the corresponding PCA installed for
the Heating Shaking Station, power and communication cables, and Inheco
user documentation

1 Set up the Inheco MTC or STC Manufacturer documentation
Controller.
For guidance, contact Agilent
Support.
2 Install the Heating Shaking Station “Installing the Heating Shaking

on the Bravo deck. Station” on page 159
3 Set up the station in the software: “Setting up thermal and shaking

a Configure the station in stations (Inheco controller)” on
page 161
the Bravo profile.
b Test the station
functioning.
c Set the teachpoint.
Installing the Heating Shaking Station
To install the Heating Shaking Station:

1 Remove the M6 screw in the center of the platepad. Remove the platepad.
2 Position the adapter pad in the predetermined deck location aligning the
dowel pins in the corresponding holes on the deck.
Make sure the adapter pad sits level on the deck.
3 Insert the M6- x- 12- mm flathead screw into the center of the adapter pad
and tighten the screw.

A
4 Place the Heating Shaking Station on top of the adapter pad.

Ensure that the station sits level on the adapter pad and the safety label
faces the front of the workspace.

5 Insert the two M3- x- 18- mm sockethead cap screws into the holes at the
front and back end of the adapter pad and use the 2.5- mm hex wrench to
tighten the screws.
6 Connect the cables:

a Connect the cable from the Heating Shaking Station to the Inheco STC
or MTC Controller.
Note: The accessory cable is color- coded to match the card installed
in the STC or MTC.
b Connect the STC or MTC Controller power and communication cables.
See the Inheco user documentation for details on how to connect the
STC or MTC.
c Press the STC or MTC Controller power switch to the on (|) position.
Figure MTC Controller (front and back views)
After installing the accessory, you configure it in the Bravo profile, establish
communication, and set the teachpoint for the location.

A
Setting up thermal and shaking stations (Inheco controller)
Related information

Configuring and teaching the “Setting up thermal and shaking
Heating Shaking Station stations (Inheco controller)” on
page 161

Guide
About this topic

This topic describes how to configure the Bravo thermal and thermal shaking
accessories that are controlled by the Inheco Single TEC Controller (STC) or
Multi TEC Controller (MTC). The Inheco STC and MTC controlled accessories
include the following:
Accessory name Corresponding Inheco name

Peltier Thermal Station CPAC Ultraflat
Heating Shaking Station Teleshake 95
The STC can control a single Inheco device, and the MTC can control multiple
Inheco devices. For a detailed description of the Inheco STC or MTC, see the
Inheco STC or MTC user documentation.
Figure Inheco STC and MTC Controllers

A
Configuring an Inheco station in Diagnostics

To configure an Inheco station in Bravo Diagnostics:
initialized.
opens.
4 In the Accessories Wizard, select the Location of the installed accessory. In
the Choose Accessory page, select Heating Shaking Station.
5 Enter the following values in the accessory parameters page.
a In the MTCSTC Id box, select the ID number of this device. The ID
number identifies the specific device for the VWorks software.
Note: The ID number is set using a DIP switch control on the rear
panel of the Inheco STC or MTC Control. See the Inheco user
documentation for a description of how to set the ID for each slot
on the STC or MTC device.
b Select the MTCSTC Type, either STC or MTC.
c In the Slot Id box, select the slot number on the Inheco STC or MTC
rear panel where the accessory’s cable is connected.
Note: The STC has only one slot.
6 Click Finish.
accessory and move the teachpoint to a safe height.
9 Edit the location’s teachpoint for the accessory. See “Teaching a thermal or
thermal shaking station” on page 164.
Testing a thermal or thermal shaking station
WARNING Burn hazard. During the heating process, the thermal stations can have hot
surfaces that can cause a burn injury. Allow the thermal stations to cool before attempting
to touch them.
The following warning symbol appears on the thermal stations, warning you of
the potential burn hazard.
To test the station:

1 Ensure that the connected STC or MTC power switch is set to the On
position.
2 In Diagnostics, ensure the correct profile is initialized, and then click the
Configuration tab.
3 In the Accessory Configuration area, select the Heating Shaking Station, and then

A
4 In the Bravo Accessory Diagnostics dialog box, verify that the correct device
appears in the display at the top.
Note: The software obtains the device name from the STC or MTC, and
then the Inheco name of the device appears in the display of the dialog
box, for example, CPAC Ultraflat or Teleshake 95.
5 Shaking accessories only. Set the parameters in the Shake area:
a In the Shake speed box, type the shaking speed.
b In the Shake duration box, type the time duration (seconds).
c In the Shake type box, select the type of stirring motion.
d Click Start to test the shake parameter settings. At the device, verify
that the accessory operates correctly.
Click Stop to turn off the shaking feature.
6 Thermal accessories only. In the Heat area, set the parameters to test the
temperature function:
a In the Target temp box, type the temperature (°C).
b To specify a time limit within which to reach the target temperature,
select the Wait for temperature to be reached check box, and then set the
following:
• In the Temperature tolerance box, type the ±°C.
• In the Time limit box, type a time limit (minutes).
c Click Start to test the Heat parameter settings. At the device, verify that
the accessory operates correctly.
Click Turn Off to stop the heating or cooling.
A
7 Click OK to close the dialog box.
Teaching a thermal or thermal shaking station

The teaching procedure can vary depending on the combination of microplate,
plate nest, and adapter. The procedures in this section are for the following
configurations on a Bravo Platform with a disposable- tip head:
• Peltier Thermal Station with generic plate nest and adapter
• Heating Shaking Station
IMPORTANT If you have a Peltier Thermal Station with a custom plate nest
and adapter, Contact Automation Solutions Technical Support for guidance on
how to teach your combination of microplate, plate nest, and adapter.
The microplate’s bottom surface configuration affects how it sits in the

station’s plate nest. The following figure shows a skirted microplate in a Peltier
Thermal Station that has a generic plate nest and adapter. In the figure, the
well bottoms rest on the top of the adapter (1), and the skirt rests on the top
of the plate nest’s lower surface (2).
Figure Skirted microplate sitting in Peltier Thermal Station with generic plate nest and adapter
(cut-away side view)
1
2
As the figure shows, the height difference between the adapter top (1) and the
plate nest top (2) enables a skirted microplate to nest in the station. The well
bottoms must sit directly on the adapter top to enable an efficient temperature
transfer. However, the teachpoint must account for this height difference to
ensure that the Bravo robot grips the microplate at the correct position and
performs pipetting tasks at the correct height.
CAUTION If your microplate does not sit in the plate nest as the figure shows, contact
Automation Solutions Technical Support for guidance on whether your microplate requires a
custom plate nest and adapter.
To set the teachpoint for a generic Peltier Thermal Station or Heating Shaking Station:
CAUTION Use the following procedure only on a Bravo Platform with a disposable-tip
head.
1 Place the microplate securely in the plate nest of the thermal station.
Verify that the microplate sits in the plate nest so that the well bottoms
are resting on the adapter and the skirt rests in the plate nest bottom
surface. Remove the microplate.

A
2 Using calipers, measure the height difference between the adapter top (1)
and the plate nest top (2) on all four sides of the plate nest interior. Make
a note of the smallest number. Later in the procedure, you will add this
value to the z- axis value for the teachpoint.
3 Place the teach plate in the plate nest.
Note: Alternatively, you can use a 384- well microplate instead of the
teach plate to set the teachpoint xy coordinates. In this case, you set the
xy coordinates based on the center of the A1 well quadrant, as the
1
A
4 In Bravo Diagnostics, click the Profiles tab, and initialize the desired profile.
5 In Bravo Diagnostics, click the Processes tab, select a tip box, and perform a
Tips On command. For details, see “Performing a task using Diagnostics” on
page 104.
CAUTION Using the wrong tip for teaching can result in a head crash. Make sure the
disposable tip is an Automation Solutions tip and is the same as the Teaching tip type
specified in the profile.
6 In Bravo Diagnostics, click the Jog/Teach tab, and set the initial teachpoint as
follows:
a Select the deck location of the station from the Location list.
b Use the controls to jog the head so that the A1 pipette tip is directly
over the crosshairs with paper- thin clearance. For details, see “Setting
the first teachpoint” on page 38.
c Click Teach to set the teachpoint.
d In the Profiles tab, click Update this profile.
7 Adjust the teachpoint z- axis value for the teach plate height as follows:
a Jog the head up in the z- axis so that you have enough room to remove
the teach plate. Remove the teach plate.
b In the Jog/Teach tab, use the controls to jog the head down in the
z- axis until there is paper- thin clearance between the end of the tip
and the top surface of the adapter.
Note: When the z- axis error message appears, you may click Ignore.
8 In Bravo Diagnostics, click the Processes tab, select the empty tip box, and
perform a Tips Off command. For details, see “Performing a task using
Diagnostics” on page 104.
9 Adjust the teachpoint z- axis value for the height difference between the
adapter and the plate nest as follows:

A
CAUTION Before you perform this step, ensure that the tips are off. Otherwise, a
crash can occur between the tips and the station.
a In the Jog/Teach tab, select the deck location of the station, and click
Move.
b Jog the head down in the z- axis by the measured value from step 2.
CAUTION After adjusting the teachpoint to account for the height difference
between the adapter and the plate nest, do not use tips to verify the teachpoint.
Otherwise, a crash can occur between the tips and the station.
To verify the teachpoint by performing a pick and place:

1 In Diagnostics, click the Gripper tab.
2 Select the Labware from the list.
3 In the Location A list, select a deck location.
4 In the Location B list, select the thermal station location.
5 Place a test microplate on deck location A, and then click the following:
• Pick A -> B to pick up the microplate from deck location A and place it
on deck location B.
• Pick B -> A to pick up the microplate from deck location B and place it
on deck location A.
6 Make sure that the gripper holds the microplate securely and keeps it level
while moving the microplate from location to location. Ensure that the
gripper places, but does not drop the microplate at the destination
location.
Related information

Heating Shaking Station “Installing a Heating Shaking Station”
on page 158
Peltier Thermal Station “Installing and configuring the Peltier

Thermal Station” on page 167

Guide

A
Installing and configuring the Peltier Thermal Station
About this topic

This topic describes how to install the Peltier Thermal Station and presents the
workflow for configuring the accessory in the software.
Description
The Peltier Thermal Station uses Peltier technology to provide temperature
control uniformly across a microplate. The station can be fitted with a variety
of plate nests and adapters to provide efficient heating and cooling control for
different types of microplates.
This accessory requires the Bravo risers to raise the Bravo deck surface and
accommodate the height of the accessory below the deck. To install Bravo
risers, contact Agilent Automation Solutions Technical Support.
The following figure shows the Peltier Thermal Station fitted with the custom
plate nest.
Figure Peltier Thermal Station with custom plate nest
inheco
IMPORTANT Ensure that you have the correct plate nest and adapter for the
requirements of your assay. Your microplate must nest in the station correctly
to ensure efficient heat transfer. For more information, contact Agilent
Before you start
CAUTION Ensure that the connector end of the cable on the Peltier Thermal Station does
not knock against the metallic table top or other areas as it could get permanently damaged.
Handle the Peltier Thermal Station cable with care during all stages of installation.
Ensure you have the following:

• Bravo Platform with risers installed
The Peltier Thermal Station is too tall to sit at deck level and must be
installed in a deck cutout at deck location 4 or 6, as the following figure
shows.

A
1 2 3
4 5 6
7 8 9
inheco
• Peltier Thermal Station assembly, including four M3 bolts, four M4 bolts,

and one M3 flathead cap screw
• Hex drivers for M6 and M3 screws
• Inheco STC or MTC Controller with PCA installed for Peltier Thermal
Station, power and communication cables, and Inheco user documentation

1 Set up the Inheco MTC or STC Manufacturer documentation
Controller.
For guidance, contact Agilent
Support.
2 Install the Peltier Thermal Station “Installing the Peltier Thermal

on the Bravo deck. Station” on page 168
3 Set up the station in the software: “Setting up thermal and shaking

a Configure the station in stations (Inheco controller)” on
page 161
the Bravo profile.
b Test the station
functioning.
c Set the teachpoint.
Installing the Peltier Thermal Station
To install the Peltier Thermal Station:

1 Uninstall the platepad, if applicable, from either deck location 4 or 6.
To uninstall a platepad, remove the M6 flathead screw from the center of
the platepad. Remove the platepad from the deck.
2 Remove the four M3 screws that attach the cutout cover to the deck.

A
Figure Cutout cover on the Bravo deck
3 Uninstall the plastic interface from the top of the Peltier Thermal Station
by removing the four screws located at the four corners.
Figure Plastic interface on the top of the Peltier Thermal Station
4 Refer to the following figure, and then place the Peltier Thermal Station
assembly into the cutout hole as follows:

A
Figure Placing the Peltier Thermal Station into the deck hole
a Carefully slide the cable into the cutout hole first before you place the
Peltier Thermal Station assembly into the cutout.
b Ensure that the safety label faces the front of the Bravo deck.
c Press and hold from the bottom to squeeze in the metal as you insert
the Peltier Thermal Station assembly into the hole.
d Position the bracket around the outside edges of the top area of the
assembly.
e If there is slight resistance when fitting the assembly into the cutout or
when positioning the bracket, you may use a rubber mallet to tap the
metallic base or bracket into place.
CAUTION Using too much force to knock the base into place can damage the
Peltier Thermal Station.
Figure Tapping the Peltier Thermal Station bracket in place
f Ensure that the Peltier Thermal Station sits flush in the cutout and
that the bracket is seated on the Bravo deck.
5 Install the four M3 bolts that secure the bracket to the deck.

A
Figure Securing the Peltier Thermal Station to the deck
6 Install the custom plate nest on the plastic top of the Peltier Thermal
Station as follows:
a Position the plate nest and ensure that it is fully seated.
b Install the M3 screw in the center of the plate nest to secure it to the
Peltier Thermal Station.
Figure Installing the custom plate nest
7 Connect the cables:

a Connect the cable from the Peltier Thermal Station to the Inheco STC
or MTC Controller.

A
Note: The accessory cable is color- coded to match the card installed
in the STC or MTC.
b Connect the STC or MTC Controller power and communication cables.
See the Inheco user documentation for details on how to connect the
STC or MTC.
c Press the STC or MTC Controller power switch to the on (|) position.
Figure MTC Controller (front and back views)
After installing the accessory, you configure it in the Bravo profile, establish
communication, and set the teachpoint for the location.
Related information

Configuring the Peltier Thermal “Setting up thermal and shaking
Station in the Bravo profile and stations (Inheco controller)” on
setting the teachpoint page 161

Guide

A
(Bravo SRT only) Setting up an LT tip box location
About this topic

Read this topic if you have a Bravo SRT Platform and you are using the
250- µL tips. The height limitation on the Bravo SRT requires a special
platepad and a deck location configured for the 250- µL tip box operations.
The following figure shows the SRT platepad options for tip operations.
Figure SRT platepads: (A) ST tip loading station, and (B) SRT platepad for 250 µL LT tip boxes
A B
Before you start
CAUTION To prevent potential hardware crashes when using 250-µL tips, make sure you
understand the following limitations of the z-axis clearance on the Bravo SRT.
• Be aware that the Bravo SRT has insufficient clearance to move labware if
the 250- µL tips are installed on the liquid- handling head. The Bravo SRT
can move labware only if 250- µL tips are not on the liquid- handling head.
• Limit tips on and tips off tasks to deck locations where an SRT 250- µL tip
box platepad is physically installed and configured in the Bravo Diagnostics
software. This special platepad provides additional z- axis clearance, and is
designed for a tip box that holds 96 250- µL tips.
• Use labware classes for each deck location so that the 250- µL tip box
operations are not attempted at deck locations with insufficient z- axis
clearance.
• Use VWorks Task Groups to ensure that tips on and tips off tasks are
performed before plate movement tasks in the protocol.
• M5 hex wrench for removing a standard SRT platepad
• SRT platepad for 250- µL tip box
• Star- head screw and wrench for installing the SRT 250- µL tip box platepad

A
Workflow

1 Install an SRT platepad for 250- µL tip “Installing the 250- µL tip
boxes at any deck location where you box platepad on the Bravo
plan to do tips on and tips off tasks. SRT” on page 174
2 In Bravo Diagnostics, configure the “Configuring the platepad

location and set the teachpoint. in Bravo Diagnostics” on
page 174
3 In the Labware Editor, set up VWorks Automation

appropriate labware classes. Control Setup Guide
For example, limit the tip box location
to a labware class that uses the SRT
platepad for 250- µL tip boxes, and
other locations to a class that uses a
standard SRT platepad.
4 In the VWorks software, edit the device “Creating or adding a Bravo

file to specify the appropriate labware device” on page 21
class for each deck location.
5 In the VWorks software, use Task VWorks User Guide

Groups to ensure that tips on and tips
off tasks are performed before plate
movement tasks in the protocol
Installing the 250-µL tip box platepad on the Bravo SRT

To install the SRT platepad for 250-µL tip boxes:
1 Remove the M6 screw in the center of the platepad, and remove the
standard SRT platepad.
2 Position the SRT platepad for 250- µL tip boxes so that the crosshairs are
at the back left side of the deck location.
Make sure that the platepad sits level on the deck.
3 Insert the supplied star- head screw into the center of the 250- µL tip box
platepad, and use the star- head wrench to tighten the screw.
Configuring the platepad in Bravo Diagnostics

To configure the SRT platepad for 250-µL tip boxes:
1 In Bravo Diagnostics, click the Profiles tab, and open the profile for the given
Bravo SRT platform.
2 In the Profiles tab, select the This is a Bravo SRT check box.
3 In the Configuration tab, select the Location.

A
4 In the Location is configured as list, select (SRT only) platepad for 250 uL tips.
5 Click the Jog/Teach tab, and teach the deck location using the crosshairs
on the platepad. See “Setting teachpoints” on page 36.
If you previously taught this deck location using the Set all teachpoints based
upon selected teachpoint feature, you can:
a Select the platepad Location, and click Move to go to the preset
teachpoint.
b Using small increments, jog down in the z- axis until you have paper-
thin z- axis clearance between the pipette tip and the crosshairs.
c When the tip is in the correct position (directly over the crosshairs
with paper- thin clearance), click Teach.
Note: Although the 250- µL tip box actually sits on the Bravo SRT deck, the
software makes an adjustment in the z- axis to compensate for the height
difference.
Related information

Starting Diagnostics “Opening Bravo Diagnostics” on
page 26

A

Bravo Platform
User Guide
B
Autofilling accessories
This chapter describes the autofilling accessories that can be used
with the Bravo Platform and provides the installation and removal
procedures. This chapter contains the following topics:
• “Autofilling station overview and setup workflow” on page 178
• “Configuring an autofilling station for the Bravo Platform” on
page 179
• “Setting up a Weigh Station for the Bravo Platform” on
page 184
For details on how to set up accessories on the AssayMAP Bravo
Platform, see “About installing the AssayMAP Bravo Platform” on
page 209.
177

B
Autofilling station overview and setup workflow
Autofilling station overview and setup workflow
About this topic

An autofilling station is a location on the Bravo Platform where a reservoir
can be automatically filled with liquid. This topic describes the components
and provides the workflow for setting up an autofilling station.
Autofilling accessories
Accessory Description
Pump Module Pumps fluids to and from one of the Agilent autofilling
type reservoirs.
Agilent autofilling Includes the Tip Wash Station (formerly, MicroWash

type reservoirs Reservoir), the Auto Filling Reservoir, and the Open
Wash Reservoir.
Weigh Station Optional. Works with a Pump Module to provide precise

liquid- level control for the Auto Filling Reservoir or Tip
Wash Station.
For more details on the autofilling accessories, see the Pump Module User
Guide.

B
Configuring an autofilling station for the Bravo Platform
Workflow to set up an autofilling station

1 If applicable, install the Weigh Pump Module User Guide
Station.
2 Install the Pump Module and Pump Module User Guide

reservoir.
3 In Diagnostics, configure the “Configuring an autofilling

autofilling function. station for the Bravo
4 If applicable, calibrate the Weigh “Calibrating a Weigh Station”

Station. on page 184
5 If applicable, verify the teachpoint “Setting teachpoints” on

accuracy for the Weigh Station. page 36
Related information

Other Bravo accessories “Accessories and platepads” on page 107
Bravo Barcode Reader “Setting up the Barcode Reader” on

page 187
Using an accessory in a VWorks Automation Control User Guide

protocol
About this topic

This topic describes how to configure an autofilling location.
Before you start

Connect the Pump Module, Weigh Station, and an Agilent autofilling type
reservoir.
For details, see the Pump Module User Guide.

B
Configuring the autofilling function

To configure an autofilling station:
1 In Diagnostics, click the Profiles tab, and select the profile that you want to
change.
2 In the Configuration tab, select the location in the Location list, or click the
location in the graphic display.
3 In the Location is configured list, select Accessory.
4 In the Accessories Wizard, do the following:

a In the Location for accessory list, verify the location and then click Next.
b In the Accessory list, select Autofill Station, and then click Next.
c In the Number of pump modules box, select the total number of Pump
Modules connected to this device, and then click Next.
For example, if only one Pump Module is connected to this Bravo
Platform, select 1. If two Pump Modules are connected to this Bravo
Platform, select 2, and so forth.
Note: To make a change, click the number to display a list of
options.
d In the Autofill Station properties table, set the following parameters.
Parameter Settings
Fill module Specify the Pump Module that this deck location
uses. For example, select 1 if only one Pump
Module is connected to the device.
One Pump Module can function as both the Fill
module and Empty module.

B
Parameter Settings
Pump for filling Select which of the two pumps on the Pump
Module will fill the container, where,
• Pump 1 controls the upper pump.
• Pump 2 controls the lower pump.
Direction for Select the pumping direction, where,
filling • Forward moves the pumped fluid in the
forward direction of the pump.
• Reverse moves the fluid in the opposite
direction.
Empty module Specify the Pump Module that this deck location
uses. For example, select 1 if only one Pump
Module is connected to this device.
One Pump Module can function as both the Fill
module and Empty module.
Pump for Select which of the two pumps on the given
emptying Pump Module will empty the container on the
deck location, where,
• Pump 1 controls the upper pump.
• Pump 2 controls the lower pump.
Direction for Select the pumping direction: Forward or Reverse.
emptying
Use Weigh If you are using a Weigh Station at this location,
Station? select Yes.
Weigh Station If connecting the Weigh Station serial cable to the
module number Pump Module SHELF A input port, select 1.
If more than one Weigh Station is connected, the
module number corresponds to the order in
which they are connected to the controlling
computer.
Note: Agilent Technologies recommends using one
Pump Module for each pairing of reservoir and
Weigh Station.
e Click Next, and then click Finish on the Summary page.
5 When the accessory configuration message appears and advises you to set
the teachpoint to a safe value, do one of the following:
• If you are using a Weigh Station at this location, click Yes to move the
teachpoint to a safe value.
On the Profiles tab, click Initialize this profile , and then reset the
teachpoint for the installed Weigh Station.
• If you are placing the reservoir on a standard deck location, click No to
preserve the existing teachpoint. On the Profiles tab, click Update this
profile to save the settings.
Testing the autofilling function

To test the autofilling and autoemptying functions, you can use Diagnostics to
run the pumps in real time.

B
To test autofilling:
1 In Diagnostics, initialize the profile, and then click the Configuration tab.
2 In the Accessory Configuration area, highlight the Autofill Station icon, and then
Note: The Autofill Station is represented by a Pump Module graphic in
the software.
3 In the Accessory Diagnostics dialog box, verify the following settings.

B
Control Description
Pump on time (s) Specifies the duration that the selected pump on
the Pump Module runs when you click Run
pumps.
Fill module Specifies the Pump Module that this deck location
uses. One Pump Module can function as both the
Fill module and Empty module. For example,
select 1 if only one Pump Module is connected.
Fill pump Specifies which of the two pumps on the Pump
Module to use for filling the container, where
1 controls the upper pump.
2 controls the lower pump.
Fill direction Forward. Moves the pumped fluid in the forward
direction of the pump.
Reverse. Moves the fluid in the opposite direction.
Pump fill speed Specifies how quickly the pump moves the fluid,
(0–100%) where 100% is the fastest setting.
Empty module Specifies the Pump Module that this deck location
uses. One Pump Module can function as both the
Fill module and Empty module. For example,
select 1 if only one Pump Module is connected.
Empty pump Specifies which of the two pumps on the Pump
Module to use for emptying the container, where
1 controls the upper pump.
2 controls the lower pump.
Empty direction Forward. Moves the pumped fluid in the forward
direction of the pump.
Reverse. Moves the fluid in the opposite direction.
Pump empty speed Specifies how quickly the pump moves the fluid,
(0–100%) where 100% is the fastest setting.
Run pumps Starts the pumps on the selected Pump Module in
real time.
Stop pumps Stops the pumps in real time.
4 Click Run pumps and verify that the pump is functioning properly.
5 Click Stop pumps, and then click OK.
Related information

Starting up and shutting down the “Starting up and shutting down” on
Bravo Platform page 19
Installing a Pump Module Pump Module User Guide
Calibrating a Weigh Station “Setting up a Weigh Station for the

Bravo Platform” on page 184

B
Setting up a Weigh Station for the Bravo Platform

Draining or filling a reservoir “Performing a task using Diagnostics” on
using the Pump Reagent process page 104

definitions Guide
Using an accessory in a protocol VWorks Automation Control User Guide
About this topic

This topic provides calibration instructions for the Weigh Station.
For a description of the Weigh Station and installation instructions, see the
Pump Module User Guide.
Crosshairs for setting teachpoint
00268
Bravo
weigh pad
Calibrating a Weigh Station

Before you begin
• Make sure the Pump Module is set up and connected to the Weigh Station.
See the Pump Module User Guide.
• Verify that the Autofill Station accessory is configured in Diagnostics. See
“Configuring an autofilling station for the Bravo Platform” on page 179.
Procedure
Before the Weigh Station is ready for use in a protocol, you must calibrate the
empty and full settings. When you calibrate the Weigh Station, you must use
the reservoir type that will be weighed.
To calibrate a Weigh Station:

1 In Diagnostics, click the Profiles tab and make sure the correct profile is
initialized.

B
3 In the Accessory Configuration area, highlight Autofill Station, and then click
Diagnose accessory.
Note: The Autofill Station is represented by a Pump Module graphic in
the software.
4 In the Accessory Diagnostics dialog box, click the second tab.
5 At the Bravo Platform, place the reservoir on the Weigh Station. Make sure
the reservoir is empty.
6 In the Accessory Diagnostics dialog box, click Set Tare to configure the empty
setting.

B
7 To configure the full setting for the reservoir:

a Fill the reservoir to the desired full level.
You can use the Pump Reagent command on the Processes tab to fill or
drain the reservoir.
b In the Accessory Diagnostics dialog box, click Set Range.
The digital display shows a sensor reading that corresponds to the
current weight of the reservoir that is on the Weigh Station.
IMPORTANT To avoid overfilling the reservoir, ensure that the full

range is set while the fluid level is below the top of the reservoir.
8 Verify that the Level reading decreases as the liquid level decreases while
you run the designated empty pump to remove any liquid from the
reservoir.
9 Click OK.
10 On the Profiles tab, click Update this profile.
Related information

Starting up and shutting down “Starting up and shutting down” on page 19
the Bravo Platform
Opening Diagnostics “Opening Bravo Diagnostics” on page 26
Installing the Pump Module Pump Module User Guide
Configuring the autofilling “Configuring an autofilling station for the

function Bravo Platform” on page 179
Using an accessory in a VWorks Automation Control User Guide

protocol

Bravo Platform
User Guide
C
Setting up the Barcode Reader
This section contains the following topics:
• “About setting up the Barcode Reader” on page 188
• “Installing or removing the Barcode Reader” on page 190
• “Creating a profile for the Barcode Reader” on page 191
• “Specifying the Barcode Reader location” on page 193
• “Testing and optimizing barcode scanning” on page 195
187

C
About setting up the Barcode Reader
About this topic

This topic describes the Barcode Reader and provides the workflow for setting
up the Barcode Reader. To operate the Barcode Reader, see the VWorks
Barcode Reader description

The Barcode Reader consists of a platepad with a barcode reader sensor head
(under the platepad) and a mirror. The Barcode Reader can be installed in
place of a platepad at any deck location and is designed to scan barcodes on
the east or west side of microplates.
Figure Barcode Reader oriented to scan barcodes on the east side of microplates
Mirror
00274
Overall Bar Code Reader with mirror
Platepad Barcode reader sensor head

(under the platepad)
Setup workflow
The following table presents the workflow for installing and setting up the
Barcode Reader. The procedures can vary depending on the brand of barcode
reader sensor head (for example, Keyence or Microscan).
Step Procedure See...

1 Verify the barcode “Barcode label specifications” on
requirements. page 189
2 Install the Barcode Reader. “Installing or removing the Barcode

Reader” on page 190
3 Add the Barcode Reader “Creating a profile for the Barcode

device and create a profile for Reader” on page 191
the Barcode Reader.
4 Specify the Barcode Reader “Specifying the Barcode Reader

location in the Bravo device location” on page 193
file.

C
Step Procedure See...

5 Adjust the Barcode Reader for “Testing and optimizing barcode
optimal scanning. scanning” on page 195
Barcode label specifications

The barcode reader can read barcodes that meet the following requirements:
Characteristic Microscan requirements

Barcode symbology Code 39
Codabar
Code 128
Interleaved 2 of 5
Code 93
Code 2 of 5
Barcode height 3.34 mm (0.13 in) or taller
Print contrast 25% at 650 nm
Quiet zone 10 times the dimension of the narrowest element in

the barcode or 0.25 in, whichever is greater
Note: The symbology must be stored in the barcode reader in order for the
barcode reader to decode the barcode symbol.
Related information

Setting up other accessories • “Accessories and platepads” on
page 107
• “Autofilling accessories” on
page 177

Guide

C
Installing or removing the Barcode Reader
Installing or removing the Barcode Reader
Before you start

• Barcode Reader
• M4 hex wrench
Installing the Barcode Reader
To install the Barcode Reader:

1 If a platepad is already installed at the target installation location,
uninstall the platepad.
2 Place the Barcode Reader on the deck surface at the target deck location.
Ensure that the Barcode Reader is oriented correctly to scan barcodes on
the west side or the east side of microplates. Make sure it sits level on the
deck.
3 Insert the supplied flathead cap screw into the center of the Barcode
Reader platepad and use the M4 hex wrench to tighten the screw.
4 Connect the Barcode Reader power and communications cable.
If a serial port is not available on the host computer, use a USB- to- serial
adapter. Ensure that you install the driver for the adapter.
5 Edit the teachpoint for this location.
Uninstalling the Barcode Reader

To uninstall the Barcode Reader:
1 Disconnect the Barcode Reader power and communications cable.
2 Using the M4 hex wrench, remove the screw in the center of the Barcode
Reader and remove the Barcode Reader.
3 Place a platepad at the same deck location.
4 Insert the supplied flathead cap screw into the center of the platepad and
use the M4 hex wrench to tighten the screw.
Related information

Barcode specifications “About setting up the Barcode Reader”
on page 188
Creating a profile for the Barcode “Creating a profile for the Barcode
Reader Reader” on page 191

C
Creating a profile for the Barcode Reader

Specifying the Barcode Reader “Specifying the Barcode Reader
location in the device file location” on page 193
Making adjustments and “Testing and optimizing barcode

troubleshooting the Barcode Reader scanning” on page 195
About this topic

This topic explains how to add the Barcode Reader device, and then create
and initialize a profile for the Barcode Reader.
For details on creating a device file or adding devices to a device file, see
“Creating or adding a Bravo device” on page 21.
Procedure
To add the Barcode Reader device and create a profile:
1 In the VWorks window, create a new or open an existing Bravo device file.
2 In the Available Devices area, double- click the Microscan Barcode Reader.
The Microscan Barcode Reader icon appears in the Devices area.
3 In the Devices area, select the Microscan Barcode Reader icon, and click Device
diagnostics. The Barcode Reader Diagnostics dialog box opens.

C
Figure Microscan Barcode Reader Diagnostics dialog box
4 In the Profiles tab under Profile Management, click Create a new profile. The
Create Profile dialog box opens.
5 Type a name for the new profile and click OK. The new profile name
appears in the Profile name list.
6 In the Profile Settings area, select the Accessories Hub Serial port that is
connected to the Barcode Reader.
7 Microscan only. In the Default barcode side list, select East or West to
indicate the side of the labware that has the barcode label.
Note: The Bravo Barcode Reader can scan barcode labels on the labware
east and west sides only.
8 Click Update this profile to save the newly created profile.
9 Click Initialize this profile to establish communication with the Barcode
Reader.
10 In the VWorks software window, choose File > Save and save the device file.
Related information

on page 188
Installing the Barcode Reader “Installing or removing the Barcode


location on the Bravo Platform location” on page 193


C
Specifying the Barcode Reader location

page 107
page 177
About this topic

Use the following procedure to specify the location of the Barcode Reader in
the Bravo device file.
Procedure
To specify the Microscan Barcode Reader location in the Bravo device file:
1 Open the Bravo device file that contains the Barcode Reader device.
2 In the Devices area, expand the Bravo device. The list of deck locations
appear.
3 Select the deck location at which you installed the Barcode Reader. In the
example in step 2 the Barcode Reader is installed at deck location 7, so
deck location 7 is selected.
4 In the location properties table, select the Barcode Reader for one of the
following:
• BCR on west side

C
• BCR on east side

Note: The Bravo Barcode Reader can scan barcode labels on the labware
east and west sides only.
In the following example, the Barcode Reader is at deck location 7, and it
will scan barcodes on the west side of microplates.
5 When you are finished, click Initialize selected devices to re- establish
communication with the Bravo and use the updated device file.
Related information

on page 188



page 107
page 177

C
Testing and optimizing barcode scanning
About this topic

This topics describes:
• “Using diagnostics to test the barcode scanning (Microscan sensor)” on
page 195
• “Adjusting the scan angle” on page 197
• “Troubleshooting” on page 198
Before you start

• M2 hex wrench
• Spare microplate that has a barcode label
Using diagnostics to test the barcode scanning (Microscan sensor)

Use the following procedure to test the barcode scanning.
WARNING Class II laser hazard. Looking directly at the laser beam can result in
serious eye injury. Do not look directly at the laser beam.
WARNING Laser emission from the reader does not automatically turn off if the sensor
head is disassembled. Do not disassemble the barcode reader sensor head.
To test the barcode scanning:

1 Place the spare microplate on the Barcode Reader platepad and make sure
the barcode label faces the Barcode Reader mirror.
2 Open Barcode Reader Diagnostics.
3 In the Profiles tab, select the Barcode Reader profile from the Profile list,
and click Initialize this profile.

C
Figure Microscan Barcode Reader Diagnostics Profiles tab
4 Click the Controls tab.
Figure Microscan Barcode Reader Diagnostics Controls tab
5 Click Scan. The barcode reader laser turns on briefly to scan the barcode
label. One of the following messages appears next to Result:
Scan result message Description Next step

<barcode text> The barcode was The setup is
successfully scanned. complete. No further
adjustment is
required.
No barcode found Barcode scanning was not Proceed to step 6.
successful.

C
6 If the No barcode found message appears, click Scan again, and check that
the barcode reader laser beam is projected onto the vertical center of the
barcode label.
If the laser beam is not at the vertical center of the label, adjust the scan
angle of the Barcode Reader mirror.
7 To optimize the scanner settings, click Calibrate.
Note: During the calibration process, the scanner attempts various
settings to determine the optimum decode rate for the given conditions.
Adjusting the scan angle

To adjust the scan angle of the Barcode Reader:
1 Loosen the screws on both sides of the Barcode Reader mirror.
00275
Bar code reader with mirror detail
Loosen the screws on both

sides of the mirror.
2 Tilt the Barcode Reader mirror slightly. If the angle is set up properly, you
can see the laser beam at the vertical center of the barcode label each time
you click Scan barcode.
Tilt
00275
Bar code reader with mirror detail
3 Tighten the screws on both sides of the barcode reader sensor head.

C
4 Repeat the procedures to test the barcode scanning and adjust the scan
angle until the reader is able to scan the barcode successfully (the barcode
text appears next to Scan result).
Troubleshooting
If the reader is unable to scan the barcode after many adjustments, try one or
more of the following:
• Make sure the barcode label is applied properly onto the microplate.
• Make sure the microplate is sitting level on the Barcode Reader platepad.
• Make sure the barcode meets the requirements. See “Barcode label
specifications” on page 189.
• Repeat the adjustment process using a new spare microplate.
Related information

on page 188


location in the device file location” on page 193

page 107
page 177

Bravo Platform
User Guide
D
AssayMAP Bravo Platform
This section describes the AssayMAP Bravo Platform and includes
the following topics:
• “AssayMAP Bravo Platform overview” on page 200
• “Bravo 96AM Head overview” on page 202
• “AssayMAP cartridge overview” on page 206
• “About installing the AssayMAP Bravo Platform” on page 209
• “Installing and using the Bravo 96AM Head” on page 211
• “Installing the 96AM Wash Station” on page 219
• “Turning on the AssayMAP Bravo Platform” on page 224
• “Setting up the AssayMAP Bravo Platform” on page 225
• “Verifying the profile settings for the AssayMAP Bravo
• “Verifying the AssayMAP Autofill Station configuration” on
page 234
• “Verifying the AssayMAP Peltier Thermal Station configuration”
on page 236
• “Verifying the AssayMAP Orbital Shaking Station configuration”
on page 238
• “Testing the AssayMAP accessories” on page 240
• “Teaching part 1: Setting teachpoints in the AssayMAP 1
profile” on page 244
• “Teaching part 2: Adjusting AssayMAP teachpoints for
accessories” on page 249
• “Teaching part 3: Updating the other profiles based on
AssayMAP 1” on page 255
• “Adjusting the gripper offset for AssayMAP profiles” on
page 259
• “Manually updating teachpoints in each AssayMAP profile” on
page 260
• “Adjusting the teachpoint for the Bravo Plate Riser” on
page 261
• “Adjusting the Peltier Thermal Station for the red PCR plate
insert” on page 264
• “Verifying the setup in the Protein Sample Prep Workbench” on
page 266
• “Opening the Workbench and accessing the utilities” on
page 266
• “Requirements for partial- head liquid handling” on page 269
199

D
AssayMAP Bravo Platform overview

The AssayMAP Bravo Platform can enable high- throughput
microchromatography for small- scale sample preparation. This topic provides
an overview of the platform components.
Hardware components overview
The following figure and table show the components of the AssayMAP Bravo
Platform, which is required for running the AssayMAP protocols.
Figure AssayMAP Bravo Platform components
Item Required hardware

1 Gripper upgrade
2 Bravo 96AM Head
3 96AM Wash Station
4 Pump Module 2.0 and two carboys
5 96AM Cartridge & Tip Seating Station
6 Risers, 146 mm
7 Peltier Thermal Station with STC controller
8 Custom plate nest
9 Red PCR Plate Insert
10 Orbital Shaking Station with Control Unit

D
The Bravo Platform must include the gripper assembly, which is required for
removing the mounted AssayMAP Bravo cartridges and disposable tips from
the Bravo 96AM Head. For a detailed description of the Bravo Platform and
gripper assembly, see “Hardware overview” on page 5.
AssayMAP autofilling station

The autofilling station that consists of the 96AM Wash Station (item 3), and
the Pump Module 2.0, tubing kit with inline filter, and two carboys (item 4).
The the 96AM Wash Station is a 96- chimney reservoir for washing the probes,
mounted cartridges, and mounted pipette tips on the Bravo 96AM Head. The
chimneys in the wash station prevent carryover and reduce contamination. The
liquid enters the 96AM Wash Station through two input ports and then flows
up through the chimneys to wash the cartridges, pipette tips, or probes. The
waste overflows from the chimneys and is removed through two outlet ports.
CAUTION Using a model of the Tip Wash Station other than the 96AM Wash Station can
result in a potential crash with the Bravo 96AM Head. Ensure that you use only the 96AM
Wash Station.
The Pump Module supplies liquid to the 96AM Wash Station for washing
operations, and it removes the waste liquid during washing operations. The
inline filter is required to help prevent any tubing particulates from potentially
clogging the chimneys of the 96AM Wash Station.
Software overview
The Protein Sample Prep Workbench is an interface that provides a collection
of AssayMAP workflows, protocols, and forms for running protein sample prep
applications on the AssayMAP Bravo Platform. The Protein Sample Prep
Workbench includes the following:
• Workflow Library
• Application Library
• Utility Library
• Literature Library
The VWorks software is required for the Protein Sample Prep Workbench. You
set up the AssayMAP Bravo Platform using the VWorks software.
Related information

Bravo Platform “Hardware overview” on page 5
Bravo 96AM Head • “Bravo 96AM Head overview” on

page 202
• “Installing and using the Bravo
96AM Head” on page 211
• “Requirements for partial- head
liquid handling” on page 269

D
Bravo 96AM Head overview

AssayMAP Bravo cartridges “AssayMAP cartridge overview” on
page 206
Cartridge & Tip Seating Station “About seating the cartridges on the
probes” on page 208

• “Bravo 96AM Head components” on page 202
• “Liquid- handling modes” on page 203
Bravo 96AM Head components

The Bravo 96AM Head components include:
• 96 channels for liquid handling. Each channel consists of a syringe with a
probe on the end. A syringe consists of a glass barrel with a plunger and
a seal. The syringes can employ a combination of direct- liquid- flow and
air- displacement techniques for liquid- handling tasks.
The following figure shows a syringe and a cross- sectional close- up view of
the plunger in the probe.
Figure Bravo 96AM Head, syringe, and detail of probe tip (cross-section)

D
• Mechanism for removing mounted cartridges and tips. The head has a
stripper plate, which is a spring- loaded mechanism that is actuated by the
Bravo gripper assembly. The stripper plate enables the Bravo 96AM Head
to remove the cartridges while still holding liquid in the syringes.
Note: The w- axis is the motion of the displacement of the pipettor
inside the head. The w- axis is not engaged during cartridge mounting or
removal from the head so that fluid can be held in the syringes and
probes. For the Tips On and Tips Off tasks, the Bravo w- axis goes to
the zero position to empty any fluid contained in the syringes.
Figure Stripper plate on Bravo 96AM Head (front-side view and side view)
Liquid-handling modes
The Bravo 96AM Head features include the ability to:
• Transfer liquids directly with the bare probes, through AssayMAP Bravo
cartridges mounted on the probes, and using mounted 250- µL large-
transfer (LT) tips
• Mount or remove the cartridges while holding liquid in the syringes
• Provide precise control of flow rates and volume required for moving fluid
through the packed resin in the cartridges
• Access 96- well and 384- well microplates
• Perform 96- channel liquid handling or partial- head liquid handling using a
subset of the 96 channels
Protocols for the Bravo 96AM Head can employ a combination of the following
liquid- handling modes:
• Bare probes
• AssayMAP Bravo cartridges mounted on the probes
• 250- µL LT tips mounted on the probes
Capabilities of each liquid-handling mode
The following figure shows a side- by- side comparison of a bare probe, a probe
with a mounted cartridge, and a probe with a mounted 250- µL LT tip. The
following table provides the details for each.
D
Figure Comparison of probe, probe with cartridge, and probe with 250-µL LT tip
1 2 3
Item Mode Description

1 Bare • Maximum volume: 250 µL can be aspirated into the
probe syringe before the syringe is full.
• Only 96- channel (full head) liquid handling is
supported.
• As the tips of the syringes, the probes can be in
direct contact with the samples for liquid- handling
tasks.
2 AssayMAP • Maximum volume: 250 µL can be pulled through the

cartridge cartridge into the syringe before the syringe is full.
• Either all 96 or a subset of the liquid- handling
channels are supported.
• When cartridges are mounted on the probes, the
syringes can push or pull liquids through the resin
bed of the cartridges.

D
Item Mode Description

3 Disposable • Maximum volume: 140 µL can be pulled into a
250 µL LT mounted tip before the excess fluid overflows into
tip the syringe. The probe protrudes into the tip volume
capacity.
• Either all 96 or a subset of the liquid- handling
channels are supported.
• With tips seated on the probes, the syringes can
transfer samples without coming into direct contact
with them.
IMPORTANT If the aspiration volume exceeds the

capacity of the disposable tips, the excess fluid will
overflow into the syringes. You can clean the probes and
syringes by washing at the 96AM Wash Station.
IMPORTANT The 96AM Cartridge & Tip Seating Station

is required to mount pipette tips on the Bravo 96AM
Head.
Note: Disposable tips mount approximately 9.68 mm

(0.15- inch) lower relative to the housing of a Bravo
96AM Head than they would relative to the housing of a
standard 96LT Head.
CAUTION Extended use of the Bravo 96AM Head with dry syringes for disposable-tip
liquid handling can shorten the life of the syringe seals.
Examples of each liquid-handling mode

The following figure shows how liquid moves through a mounted cartridge,
through a bare probe, and into a mounted disposable tip.
Figure Syringe-and-probe liquid-handling modes (cutaway views)
Probe
Syringe
plunger
Cartridge
Inlet seal
5 µL bed
Cartridge Cartridge Direct Disposable

aspirate dispense probe tip

D
AssayMAP cartridge overview
• Cartridge aspirate. A series of different liquids can be pulled up through

the cartridge bed in sequence without removing the mounted cartridges
and washing out the syringes in between the different aspirate steps.
• Cartridge dispense. Cartridges can be mounted while the syringes contain
liquids. The liquid in the syringes can be dispensed down through the
mounted cartridges at precisely controlled flow rates for different types of
tasks.
For example, you can dispense equilibration buffer down through the
mounted cartridges for priming and equilibration tasks, and you can
dispense elution buffer through the mounted cartridges to recover eluate in
a microplate.
• Direct probe. Liquid can be aspirated directly into the syringes and
transferred using the bare probes.
The cartridges can be removed to dispense the liquid collected in the
syringes, wash the syringes, and then aspirate other fluids into the
syringes before mounting the cartridges again for additional dispensing
steps.
• Disposable tip. As the preceding figure shows, the probe protrudes into the
tip volume that is normally used to hold liquid. Therefore, the tip volume
capacity is reduced when mounted on a probe.
Related information

AssayMAP Bravo cartridges “AssayMAP cartridge overview” on
page 206

page 202

This topic describes the AssayMAP cartridge, cartridge rack, and receiver plate.
Description
The AssayMAP cartridges are microchromatography cartridges for small- scale
sample preparation. Each cartridge features a 5- µL bed that is packed with
chromatographic resin to support a variety of applications. Liquid can be
aspirated or dispensed through the packed resin in the cartridges. The
AssayMAP Bravo Platform provides the precision flow- rate control required for
aspirating or dispensing the fluid through the packed resin in the cartridges.

D
Cartridge anatomy
The following figure shows the parts of the cartridge.
Figure Cross-sectional side view of cartridge (left) and cartridge mounted on probe (right)
2
3
4
Item Part Description

1 Sample The top part of the cartridge that mounts on the probe.
cup Note: When the cartridge is not mounted on a probe, the
sample cup can hold up to 200- µL of liquid.
2 Inlet seal The tapered seal at the top of the packed resin bed.
When the probe is inserted into the cartridge, the tip of
the probe engages the inlet seal. This configuration
enables the Bravo 96AM Head probe to make or break a
fluid- tight connection between the packed- resin bed and
the liquid inside the syringe.
3 Resin bed The part of the cartridge that is packed with 5- µL

beaded resin. The bead size can vary depending on the
assay (20 µm to 100 µm).
4 Bed Frits at the top and bottom of the resin bed provide a
supports, membrane that retains the resin beads within the bed
upper and while allowing a bidirectional flow of fluid to pass
lower through the cartridge.
Cartridge rack, lid, and receiver plate

The cartridges are shipped in a stack that consists of a lid, cartridge rack, and
receiver plate, as the following figure shows.

D
Figure AssayMAP cartridge rack lid (1), rack with cartridges (2), and receiver plate (3)
The lid rests directly on top of the cartridges and provides protection during
shipping and storage. The lid can also prevent cartridges from being pushed
out when the cartridge rack is inserted into a receiver plate.
In the VWorks software, the 96AM Cartridge Rack and Receiver Plate is
defined as labware. This labware definition is installed when you install the
provided AssayMAP protocols and forms.
About seating the cartridges on the probes

You use the 96AM Cartridge & Tip Seating Station, shown in the following
figure, to ensure proper seating of the cartridges or tips on the syringe probes.
A cartridge transfer utility enables you to use the AssayMAP Bravo Platform to
automatically transfer the cartridges from the cartridge rack to the seating
station.
In the VWorks software, the 96AM Cartridge & Tip Seating Station is defined
as labware. This labware definition is installed when you install the provided
AssayMAP protocols and forms.
Note: In a VWorks protocol, the 96AM Cartridge & Tip Seating Station is
configured as static labware in the startup protocol.
Figure 96AM Cartridge & Tip Seating Station

D
About installing the AssayMAP Bravo Platform
Related information

AssayMAP Bravo Platform “AssayMAP Bravo Platform overview” on
page 200

page 202
About this topic

Typically, an Agilent representative installs the AssayMAP Bravo Platform and
sets up the software configuration. This topic provides the installation
workflow for your reference.
If you have questions about installing and setting up the AssayMAP Bravo
Platform, contact Agilent Automation Solutions Technical Support.
Workflow

1 Verify that the installation site meets the G5562A, G5563A Bravo Platform Safety and
site requirements. Installation Guide
2 Unpack the Bravo Platform and Bravo Platform Unpacking Guide

accessories.
IMPORTANT Do not remove the y- axis

shipping stop from the head mount until
after the Bravo risers are installed.
3 Install the Bravo risers to elevate the Agilent Automation Solutions Technical Support
height of the deck.
Ensure the y- axis shipping stop is
removed from the Bravo head mount.
4 Connect the Bravo Platform power cord, G5562A, G5563A Bravo Platform Safety and
communications cable, and pendant cable. Installation Guide
5 Install the Bravo 96AM Head. “Installing and using the Bravo 96AM Head” on
page 211

D

6 Install the accessories.
IMPORTANT You will use the AssayMAP- specific instructions in step 10 to configure the
accessories in the software.
• 96AM Wash Station at deck “Installing the 96AM Wash Station” on page 219
location 1.
• Peltier Thermal Station at deck “Installing the Peltier Thermal Station” on

location 4. page 168
• Orbital Shaking Station at deck “Installing the Orbital Shaking Station” on

location 9. page 111
7 Install the platepads at Bravo deck “Installing a platepad or Alignment Station” on

locations 2, 3, and 5–8. page 145
8 Ensure the correct versions of the Software release notes

VWorks software and Protein Sample
Prep Workbench are installed on the host
computer.
9 Set up the software and configure the “Setting up the AssayMAP Bravo Platform” on
device files. page 225
10 Set the AssayMAP head teachpoints in “Teaching part 1: Setting teachpoints in the
every one of the AssayMAP profiles. AssayMAP 1 profile” on page 244
Verify the gripper offset in every profile. “Teaching part 2: Adjusting AssayMAP
teachpoints for accessories” on page 249
“Teaching part 3: Updating the other profiles
based on AssayMAP 1” on page 255
“Adjusting the gripper offset for AssayMAP
profiles” on page 259
11 Install the Bravo shields and Standard G5562A, G5563A Bravo Platform Safety and
Light Curtain. Installation Guide
12 Verify the installation and setup. “Verifying the setup in the Protein Sample Prep

D
Installing and using the Bravo 96AM Head

This topic addresses the following:
• Guidelines for using and storing the Bravo 96AM Head
• About the tip box stripper pins
• Uninstalling the Bravo 96AM Head
• Installing the Bravo 96AM Head
Guidelines for using and storing the Bravo 96AM Head

Ensure that you understand the following warnings and cautions about the
proper way to handle and use the Bravo 96AM Head.
WARNING The probes of the Bravo 96AM Head are sharp and can scratch you if they
brush across your hand. A probe scratch can expose you to any contaminants remaining on
the probes. Be careful to avoid touching the probes.
CAUTION Extended use of the Bravo 96AM Head with dry syringes for disposable-tip
liquid handling can shorten the life of the syringe seals.
CAUTION To prevent potential damage, ensure the Bravo 96AM Head probes, tips, or
cartridges do not touch the bottom of the 96AM Wash Station. To adjust the distance from the
bottom, you can use the Bravo liquid-handling task parameters in the VWorks software.
CAUTION Before leaving the Bravo 96AM Head idle overnight, wash the syringes
thoroughly with deionized water to prevent salt buildup that could damage the syringe seals.
IMPORTANT To aspirate more than 140 µL of liquid, use the bare probes
instead of disposable tips. The syringes can hold up to 250 µL. If you aspirate
more than 140 µL using 250- µL tips, the excess aspirated liquid will enter the
syringes. Ensure that you wash the syringes as appropriate for your protocol to
prevent contamination.
For information about using a subset of the 96 channels, see “Requirements for
partial- head liquid handling” on page 269.
About the tip box stripper pins
CAUTION If the Bravo 96AM Head tip box stripper pins are extended, the pins will crash
into the wash station during syringe washing. To prevent potential equipment damage, ensure
that the pins are always retracted during use.

D
Figure Bravo 96AM Head (side view) with tip box stripper pins retracted and extended
Uninstalling the Bravo 96AM Head
CAUTION Placing the probes of the Bravo 96AM Head (bottom of head) on any surface
can damage the probes. To protect the probes when the head is not mounted on the Bravo
Platform, place the top of the head on a clean, stable surface so that the probes are facing
upward. For storage, use the storage stand.
To remove the Bravo 96AM Head from the Bravo Platform:

1 Put on gloves to protect your hands from potential exposure to sharp edges
and any residual contaminants.
2 Ensure that the syringes are empty as follows:
a In the Protein Sample Prep Workbench, open the Utility Library.
b In the System Startup/Shutdown utility, run the Startup protocol. The
Startup protocol purges any liquid left in the head, which is required
for long- term storage or conducting syringe repairs.
3 On the side of the Bravo Platform, press the power switch to the off (o)
position.
4 Gently, move the Bravo head manually to position it over deck location 6,
which will provide easier access for removing the head.

D
5 To unlock the mounted head, refer to the following figure:

a Pull out and twist the (1) two head- retainer pins one- quarter turn
(90°) so that they remain retracted.
Note: The straight edge of the retainer pins should be horizontal.
b Turn the (2) head lock counterclockwise until it clicks into position.
6 Reaching from the left side of the Bravo tie bar, grasp the head firmly as
follows:
a With your left hand firmly grip the left side of the head.
b Place your right hand under the flat area just to the left of the syringe
array to support the weight of the head.
7 While supporting the head with your hands, slide the head to the left and
out of the Bravo head mount.
CAUTION Support the head securely without touching the probes. Dropping the head
or bumping the probes will damage the syringes.

D
Figure Uninstalling the Bravo 96AM Head
8 Carefully place the head upside down on a clean, stable surface so that the
probes are facing up.
Figure Bravo 96AM Head upside down
9 Carefully lift the stand onto the head, guiding the stand’s side cutouts (1)
onto the head side tabs (2). Use care to avoid touching the probes.

D
Figure Bravo 96AM Head in storage stand
Installing the Bravo 96AM Head

To remove the Bravo 96AM Head from the storage stand:
1 Ensure that the top of the head is resting on a clean, stable surface. The
probes should be facing upward, as the following figure shows.
2 Using both hands, carefully lift the stand off of the head while guiding the
stand’s side cutouts (1) off the head side tabs (2). Use care to avoid
touching the probes.

D
CAUTION Placing the probes of the Bravo 96AM Head (bottom of head) on any surface
can damage the probes. To protect the probes when the head is not mounted on the Bravo
Platform, place the top of the head on a clean, stable surface so that the probes are facing
upward. For storage, use the storage stand.
To install the Bravo 96AM Head:

1 On the head, twist the two head- retainer pins one- quarter turn so that
they are in a vertical orientation. (The pins will snap back into place when
you install the head.)
2 With your left hand, firmly grip the left side of the head. Place your right
hand under the flat area just to the left of the syringe array to support the
weight of the head.
3 While supporting the head with your hands, slide the head onto the Bravo
head mount. Press the head firmly into place to ensure the head is plugged
into the connector receptacle on the head mount. You should hear the click
when the retaining pins snap into place.

D
Figure Installing the Bravo 96AM Head in the Bravo head mount
Note: If you do not hear the pins snap into place, check that the straight
edges of the retainer pins are in the vertical position, as the following
figure shows. Attempt to rotate the pins to ensure that they are in the
locked position. The pins should not rotate freely.
4 To lock the head, rotate the head lock clockwise until it reaches its hard
stop. This ensures that the head is fully seated and does not shift position
during operation.

D
CAUTION Dropping the head or bumping the probes will damage the syringes. If the
Bravo head is not properly secured in place, it could drop unexpectedly. Ensure that the
head is securely locked into the head mount.
Related information

Installation workflow for “About installing the AssayMAP Bravo
AssayMAP Bravo Platform Platform” on page 209
Partial- head liquid handling “Requirements for partial- head liquid

handling” on page 269
Bravo 96AM Head “Bravo 96AM Head overview” on

page 202

D
Installing the 96AM Wash Station
About this topic

Typically, an Agilent representative will set up the AssayMAP Bravo Platform.
This topic presents the sequence of setup procedures for reference. This topic
describes how to install a 96AM Wash Station on the AssayMAP Bravo
Platform.
Figure 96AM Wash Station installed on platepad with brackets
Workflow

1 Install the 96AM Wash Station “Installing the 96AM Wash Station”
on the deck. on page 219
2 Connect the tubing from the “Tubing connections for 96AM

wash station to the Pump Wash Station” on page 221
Module.
3 Configure the wash station “Setting up the AssayMAP Bravo

location in the software and Platform” on page 225
set the teachpoints.
CAUTION The AssayMAP Bravo Platform requires precise positioning of the 96AM Wash
Station relative to the pipette tips, cartridges, and probes. Ensure that the teachpoint is
correct and that the 96AM Wash Station is secured to the platepad to prevent potential
collisions.

Before you start
WARNING To prevent potential injury, turn off the Bravo Platform before you install or
remove any accessory.

D

• 96AM Wash Station and the platepad with brackets
• Pump Module 2.0
• Tubing kit with inline filter
• Hex driver for 2- mm screws
Ensure that you install the 96AM Wash Station at deck location 1.
Figure 96AM Wash Station installed at deck location 1
To install the wash station:

1 At deck location 1, remove the standard platepad, if installed, and then
install the bracketed platepad. Use the supplied screw to secure the
platepad to the deck.
Ensure the platepad crosshairs are oriented towards the northwest corner
of the deck, as the following figure shows.
Figure Deck location 1 (top view) showing crosshairs orientation
1 00240
2 3
Bravo
Plate Orientation
4 5 6
7 8 9
00240

D
2 On the platepad side that is next to the crosshairs, using a hex driver
uninstall the two 2- mm screws and remove the bracket.
Note: The wash station is easier to install if you remove the outer
bracket, and then replace the bracket after the wash station is in
position.
Figure Bracket next to platepad crosshairs
3 Install the wash station on the platepad as follows:

a Ensuring that the inlet and outlet ports are towards the rear of the
deck, place the wash station on the platepad.
b Guide the platepad’s inner bracket into the wash station’s horizontal
side slot.
c Re- install the bracket that you removed in step 2 on the outer side of
the platepad. Ensure that you guide the bracket into the corresponding
horizontal slot on the wash station. Ensure that both brackets remain
engaged as you tighten the bracket screws.
d Ensure that the wash station sits level on the platepad and that both
brackets are holding the wash station securely in place.
Figure 96AM Wash Station secured with platepad brackets
Tubing connections for 96AM Wash Station

The following figure shows the AssayMAP Bravo tubing connections for the
96AM Wash Station. As the figure shows, the upper pump (A) is for the fill
line and the lower pump (B) is for the empty line.
Note: You specify which pump is for filling and which pump is for emptying in
Bravo Diagnostics.

D
Figure 96AM Wash Station fill line (A) and empty line (B)
Source Waste
B
To ensure proper chimney filling and waste emptying characteristics for the
96AM Wash Station, ensure that you use the proper tubing combination for the
Pump Module. See the following figure and table.
Figure Tubing configuration
6 7
4 4 4 6 8
4 5 3 3 5 4 6 4
8
6
1 2
Item Component Description

1 Source bottle Supplies the fill liquid for the wash station.
2 Waste bottle Collects the waste liquid that is pumped from the reservoir.
3 Tubing, 8- mm The length of tubing in the lower pump head, which is used for emptying
(5/16- in) the wash station. The larger diameter tubing ensures that the fluid is
removed efficiently from the wash station
4 Tubing, 6.4- mm The fill- line tubing from the source bottle to the wash station, and
(1/4- in) empty- line tubing connections on either side of the 5/16- in diameter
tubing.
Note: The 5/16- in diameter tubing is too large for the quick- disconnect
fittings and the wash station ports. So, you use a union connector (5) to
splice the 5/16- in tubing to the 1/4- in tubing.
5 Connector, Joins the two sizes of tubing.

union

D
Item Component Description

6 Quick- Enables easy removal of the wash station and quick replacement of the
disconnect tubing in the pump heads. The quick- disconnect fittings include an
fitting automatic- close valve. Fluid can flow only if a positive connection is
made.
7 Inline pump Removes the particulates that can clog the chimneys in the wash station.
filter
8 3- way Enables one tube to branch into two tubes at the input and output ports
connector on the wash station.
For detailed Pump Module connection instructions, see the Pump Module User
Guide.
Related information

Configuring the wash station in “Setting up the AssayMAP Bravo
the software and setting the Platform” on page 225
teachpoint
Pump Module Pump Module User Guide

page 202

D
Turning on the AssayMAP Bravo Platform
Turning on the AssayMAP Bravo Platform
Procedure
To turn on the platform:

1 If you have not already done so, turn on any accessories, such as the Pump
Module. If applicable, ensure that the Inheco STC Controller and the
control module for the Orbital Shaking Station are turned on.
2 Turn on the computer, and start the Microsoft Windows operating system.
3 On the side of the AssayMAP Bravo Platform, press the power switch to
the on (|) position.
IMPORTANT If the VWorks software has not yet been configured for your
instrument, you must configure the software before operating the AssayMAP
Bravo Platform.
Related information

Setting up the AssayMAP Bravo “Setting up the AssayMAP Bravo
Platform Platform” on page 225
Starting up the AssayMAP Bravo “About the System Startup/Shutdown

Platform utility” on page 267

D
Setting up the AssayMAP Bravo Platform
About this topic

Typically, an Agilent representative will set up the AssayMAP Bravo Platform.
This topic presents the procedures for reference.
Before you start
how to teach the AssayMAP Bravo Platform should perform the setup procedures.
Software requirements
For the computer requirements, see the software release notes or the VWorks
Knowledge Base at www.agilent.com/chem/askb.
The AssayMAP Bravo Platform requires compatible versions of the VWorks
software and the Protein Sample Prep Workbench. See the software release
notes for compatibility requirements and software installation instructions.
Setup workflow
You must set up the AssayMAP Bravo Platform in the VWorks software before
you run the protocols in the Protein Sample Prep Workbench. Make sure that
you perform the following steps in the order given.

1 Turn on the AssayMAP Bravo “Turning on the AssayMAP Bravo
Platform. Platform” on page 224
2 Understand the device profile “Device profile requirements” on

requirements page 225
3 Start the VWorks software, “Verifying the settings in your

establish communication, and device profiles” on page 227
verify the device profile
settings for your installation.
Device profile requirements
CAUTION Using a profile that is associated with teachpoints from a different AssayMAP
Bravo Platform or different Bravo 96AM Head can result in a hardware collision and cause
equipment damage. Ensure that you verify the profiles and teachpoints for your specific
instrument and Bravo 96AM Head.
CAUTION Using the wrong device profile or an improperly created profile can result in
equipment damage. If you are uncertain about which device file or profile to use, see your lab
administrator.

D
Each AssayMAP application requires a specific Bravo device file and profile.
The device profile specifies the head type (Bravo 96AM Head), Ethernet
communication settings for the device, the configuration of the platepads and
accessories on the deck, and the associated teachpoints for the specific
combination of instrument and Bravo 96AM Head.
Each device profile is associated with a device file. The following table lists the
device files and associated profiles installed with the Protein Sample Prep
Workbench v3.0.
Table AssayMAP device files and associated profiles

Device file name Profile name AssayMAP applications
AssayMAP Bravo.dev AssayMAP 1 profile Affinity Purification
Antibody Purification
Immobilization
GlykoPrep- Plus_AM Bravo.dev GlykoPrep- Plus profile N- Glycan Sample Prep applications
AM Peptide Sample Prep.dev AssayMAP Peptide Sample Fractionation

Prep profile IMAC Cartridge Customization
In- Solution Digestion: Multi- Plate
On- Cartridge Reaction
Peptide Cleanup
Phosphopeptide Enrichment
Protein Cleanup
InSolution Digestion- AM Single Plate InSolution In- Solution Digestion: Single Plate
Bravo.dev Digestion
Normalization- AM Bravo.dev AssayMAP Normalization Normalization
The device profile must specify the correct deck configuration and the
associated teachpoints for the Bravo deck layout.
Related information

AssayMAP Bravo Platform “AssayMAP Bravo Platform overview” on
hardware components page 200
Setting teachpoints for the “Teaching part 1: Setting teachpoints in

AssayMAP Bravo Platform the AssayMAP 1 profile” on page 244

D
Verifying the profile settings for the AssayMAP Bravo Platform
About this topic

Typically, an Agilent representative will set up the AssayMAP Bravo Platform
when it is first installed. This topic presents the verification procedures for
reference.
Before you start

You must verify the profile settings and configuration anytime the following
occurs:
• The AssayMAP Bravo Platform is being set up for the first time
• The device files were overwritten or otherwise corrupted
Ensure that you complete the following workflow for all the device profiles
included with the Protein Sample Prep Workbench.
Step For this task… See…

1 In the profile, ensure that the “Verifying the settings in your
deck is configured for each of device profiles” on page 227
the installed accessories.
2 Ensure the deck configuration “About verifying the deck

in the profile matches the configuration in the profile” on
physical AssayMAP Bravo page 231
deck.
Verifying the settings in your device profiles
IMPORTANT Ensure that the Protein Sample Prep Workbench is closed.
To verify the profile settings:

1 Start the VWorks software.
You can click the VWorks desktop icon or use the Start menu on the
Windows desktop to start the VWorks software.
2 Ensure that Simulation is off.

D
Figure Simulation button in the VWorks window
3 In the VWorks window, open the corresponding AssayMAP device file for
the profile that you are verifying.
To open a device file, choose File > Open. In the Open dialog box, ensure the
file type is Device Files (*.dev), select the file, and then click Open.
The device files are installed in the following default location:
C:\VWorks Workspace\Workbench\Device Files
4 Click No when the Would you like to initialize devices now? message appears.
5 In the <name>.dev tab, ensure that the Profile selection is correct.
Device file name Profile name

AssayMAP Bravo.dev AssayMAP 1
GlykoPrep- Plus_AM Bravo.dev GlykoPrep- Plus
AM Peptide Sample Prep.dev AssayMAP Peptide Sample Prep
InSolution Digestion- AM Bravo.dev Single Plate InSolution Digestion
Normalization- AM Bravo.dev AssayMAP Normalization
If necessary, select the correct name from the Profile list, and then click the
Save icon.

D
Figure AssayMAP Bravo.dev tab and Profile setting for AssayMAP 1
6 In the <name>.dev tab, click Device diagnostics. The Bravo Diagnostics dialog
opens.
7 In the Profiles tab, verify the Profile name.
8 Verify the following Head Information properties.
Figure Head Information area on the Profiles tab

D
Property Setting
Head type 96AM
Teaching tip type 250 µL
Check head type on initialize checked
9 In the Connection area, select This Bravo is connected via ethernet, and then click
Find available device to select the device to associate with the profile.
In the Discovered BioNet Devices dialog box that appears, perform the
following tasks:
a b c
a Click the Select the Ethernet adapter to use from the list below, and select the
correct adapter for the device connection.
b In the list of devices that appear, select the Bravo device. If multiple
Bravo devices are on the network, use the MAC Address to identify the
Bravo device for this profile. To successfully communicate with the
Bravo device, the Status column must display New or Matched.
c Click OK.
10 In the Miscellaneous area, verify the property settings. The following figure
shows the settings for each profile.
11 If you have made any changes, click Update this profile.

D
Figure Miscellaneous area of the Profiles tab showing variations in property settings for different AssayMAP profiles
About verifying the deck configuration in the profile

Verify the configuration in each of the profiles separately. Ensure that the
profile deck configurations match the accessories installed on the Bravo deck.
By default, the AssayMAP device profiles can include configurations for the
following:
• Autofill Station at deck location 1. Controls pumping the liquid to and from the
96AM Wash Station. This configuration is required for all AssayMAP
applications and included in all AssayMAP profiles by default.
• Heating Shaking Station at deck location 4. Controls the Peltier Thermal Station
(also known as the CPAC Ultraflat).
Note: The Heating Shaking Station configuration is required for any
heating or shaking accessory that is controlled by an STC or MTC
controller.
• Orbital Shaking Station at deck location 9. Controls the Orbital Shaking Station.
The following table describes the requirements for each profile.

D
Profile Verification tasks See...

AssayMAP 1 profile By default, the AssayMAP 1 profile “Verifying the AssayMAP
includes only the Autofill Station (96AM Autofill Station configuration”
Wash Station) as an accessory on page 234
configuration.
All other deck locations are configured as
standard platepads.
If the Peltier Thermal Station and Orbital
Shaking Station are installed on the
AssayMAP Bravo deck, reconfigure the
corresponding deck locations for these
accessories in the AssayMAP 1 profile.
GlykoPrep- Plus By default, the GlykoPrep- Plus profile • “Verifying the AssayMAP
profile includes the following configurations: Autofill Station
• Autofill Station (96AM Wash Station) configuration” on page 234
• Heating Shaking Station for the Peltier • “Verifying the AssayMAP
Thermal Station (location 4) Peltier Thermal Station
configuration” on page 236
• Orbital Shaking Station (location 9)
• “Verifying the AssayMAP
If these accessories are not installed on the Orbital Shaking Station
AssayMAP Bravo deck, reconfigure the configuration” on page 238
corresponding deck locations for a
standard platepad.
AssayMAP Peptide By default, the AssayMAP Peptide Sample • “Verifying the AssayMAP
Sample Prep profile Prep profile includes the following Autofill Station
configurations: configuration” on page 234
• Autofill Station (96AM Wash Station) • “Verifying the AssayMAP
• Heating Shaking Station for the Peltier Peltier Thermal Station
Thermal Station (location 4) configuration” on page 236
• Orbital Shaking Station (location 9) • “Verifying the AssayMAP
Orbital Shaking Station
If these accessories are not installed on the configuration” on page 238
standard platepad.

D
Profile Verification tasks See...

Single Plate By default, the Single Plate InSolution • “Verifying the AssayMAP
InSolution Digestion Digestion profile includes the following Autofill Station
profile configurations: configuration” on page 234
• Orbital Shaking Station (location 9) • “Verifying the AssayMAP
Orbital Shaking Station
If these accessories are not installed on the configuration” on page 238
standard platepad.
In addition to the physical accessories, this
profile includes a Lid Hotel configuration
at deck locations 3 and 7. Even though
standard platepads are installed at these
deck locations, the Lid Hotel configuration
enables the locations for Delidding and
Relidding tasks.
AssayMAP By default, the AssayMAP Normalization • “Verifying the AssayMAP

Normalization profile profile includes the following Autofill Station
configurations: configuration” on page 234
If Peltier Thermal Station is not installed
on the AssayMAP Bravo deck, reconfigure
the corresponding deck location for a
standard platepad.
The AssayMAP Normalization profile also
includes accessory teachpoints at deck
locations 2 and 6 for the Bravo Plate Riser
accessory, which must be verified and
adjusted if necessary. This accessory has
no configuration settings.

D
Verifying the AssayMAP Autofill Station configuration
About this topic
IMPORTANT Use the following procedure to verify the Autofill Station

configuration settings in every AssayMAP profile.
Verifying the Autofill Station configuration in a profile

To verify the Autofill Station configuration in a profile
1 In Bravo Diagnostics, ensure the correct profile is selected in the Profiles tab.
2 In the Configuration tab, verify that the deck image shows a Pump Module at
deck location 1.
Note: The AssayMAP 1 profile has no other accessories configured by

default.
3 To verify the settings, right- click deck location 1 in the image. In the
shortcut menu that appears, click Configure location > Accessory. The Bravo
Accessories Wizard opens.
4 In the Location for accessory list, verify the location and then click Next.
5 In the Accessory already configured page, click Yes, reconfigure existing accessory,
and then click Next.

D
6 Verify the following property settings in the Autofill Station properties table,
Autofill station properties Setting

Fill module 1
Pump for filling Pump 1
Direction for filling Forward
Empty module 1
Pump for emptying Pump 2
Direction for emptying Reverse
Use Weigh Station? No
Weigh Station module number 1
7 Click Finish. The Bravo Accessories Wizard closes.

8 If you made any changes to the configuration settings, click the Profiles tab,
and then click Update this profile to save the changes.
Related information

Verifying the AssayMAP profile “Verifying the profile settings for the
settings AssayMAP Bravo Platform” on page 227
Verifying the AssayMAP profile “Verifying the AssayMAP Peltier

settings for accessories Thermal Station configuration” on
page 236
“Verifying the AssayMAP Orbital

Shaking Station configuration” on
page 238


D
Verifying the AssayMAP Peltier Thermal Station configuration
About this topic

Use the following procedure to verify the configuration settings for the Peltier
Thermal Station in every Bravo profile that includes the accessory.
Verifying the Peltier Thermal Station configuration in a profile

To verify the Peltier Thermal Station configuration in a profile:
2 In the Configuration tab, verify that the deck image shows a Heating Shaking
Station icon at deck location 4.

D
If the accessory is not yet configured at this location, in the Choose

Accessory page, choose the Heating Shaking Station.
Note: Earlier versions of Bravo Diagnostics use the name Inheco STC/
MTC Controller for this accessory.
6 Verify the following settings in the Properties table, and then click Next.
Properties Setting
MTCSTC Id 0
Type STC
Slot Id 1
Note: The Inheco STC Controller ships with an MTCSTC Id setting of 0.

However, this setting may have been changed on demo units for use
with multiple devices. Use the DIP switches on the back of the STC
Controller to determine what the actual Id setting is and make changes
if necessary. See the manufacturer’s user documentation for more
information.
8 When the accessory configuration message appears, click Yes to move the
teachpoint to a safe height.
Make sure that you test the accessory in each profile where it is configured.
For instructions, see “Testing a thermal or thermal shaking station” on
page 162.
Related information


D
Verifying the AssayMAP Orbital Shaking Station configuration

Verifying the AssayMAP profile “Verifying the AssayMAP Autofill
settings for accessories Station configuration” on page 234
“Verifying the AssayMAP Orbital

Shaking Station configuration” on
page 238

About this topic

Use the following procedure to verify the configuration settings for the Orbital
Shaking Station in every Bravo profile that includes the accessory.
Verifying the Orbital Shaking Station configuration in a profile

To verify the Orbital Shaking Station configuration in a profile:
2 In the Configuration tab, verify that the deck image shows a Orbital Shaking
Station icon at deck location 9.

D
If the accessory is not yet configured at this location, in the Choose

Accessory page, choose the Orbital Shaking Station.
6 In the Properties table, verify the Serial Port number and Module Number,
Property Setting
Serial Port 1*
Module Number 1
*The Serial Port parameter will be automatically defined when a USB- to-
serial adapter is connected to the computer. You might need to lookup the
port assigned to this device in the Windows Device Manager.
Note: Occasionally, a port number is reassigned for a USB- to- serial
connection if you disconnect and reconnect the accessory. If this
happens, you must verify that the correct Serial Port is set in each
profile.
8 If the accessory configuration message appears, click Yes to move the
teachpoint to a safe height.
Make sure that you test the accessory in each profile where it is configured.
For instructions, see “Testing the Orbital Shaking Station” on page 115.
Related information


D
Testing the AssayMAP accessories

“Verifying the AssayMAP Peltier

Thermal Station configuration” on
page 236

Before you start

Ensure that you have verified the accessory configuration in the given profile
before you perform the following workflow.
Step Task See …

1 Initialize the AssayMAP 1 profile. “Initializing the Bravo Platform
in Diagnostics” on page 33
2 Test the communication with the Procedures in this topic

accessories.
3 Initialize the next profile. “Initializing the Bravo Platform

4 Test the communication with the Procedures in this topic

accessories.
5 Repeat steps 3 and 4 for each of —

the remaining profiles.
Testing the Pump Module

Use the following procedure to test the communication with the Pump Module.
In a subsequent verification procedure, you will run the Startup utility, which
will test the functioning of the Pump Module and wash station using liquid.
To test the communication with the Pump Module:

1 Ensure that the Pump Module is on.
2 Lift the flip- top cover on each pump head so that it is fully open.
Note: While the pump heads are open, no liquid will pump in the
subsequent steps.

D
00306
3 In the Configuration tab, click the Autofill Station icon, and then click Diagnose
accessory. The Bravo Accessory Diagnostics dialog box opens.
4 Click Run pumps.

5 Verify that the pumps run. While they are running, verify that the pumps
are spinning in the correct directions:
• Top pump should be spinning clockwise.
• Bottom pump should be spinning counterclockwise.
6 Click Stop pumps, and then click OK.

D
Testing the Peltier Thermal Station
To test the Peltier Thermal Station:

1 Ensure that the MTC Controller is on.
2 In the Accessory Configuration area, click the Heating Shaking Station icon for
deck location 4, and then click Diagnose accessory. The Bravo Accessory
Diagnostics dialog box opens.
3 In the Bravo Accessory Diagnostics dialog box, verify that the correct device
(CPAC Ultraflat) appears in the display at the top.
4 In the Heat area, set the parameters to test the temperature function:
a In the Target temp box, type the temperature (°C).
For example, set the CPAC at deck location 4 to 45 °C.
b Click Start.
c At the Peltier Thermal Station on the deck, verify that the accessory
operates correctly.
You can also monitor the readout in the Current temperature display.
d Click Turn Off to stop the heating or cooling, and click OK to close the
dialog box.

D
Testing the Orbital Shaking Station
To test the Orbital Shaking Station:

1 In the Accessory Configuration area, click the Orbital Shaking Station icon, and
then click Diagnose accessory. The Bravo Accessory Diagnostics dialog box
opens.
2 Type the RPM, select the Stir direction, and then click Start.
3 At the Orbital Shaking Station on the deck, verify that the accessory
operates correctly.
4 In the Bravo Accessory Diagnostics dialog box, click Stop, and then click OK.
IMPORTANT Ensure that you verify the profile settings and test the
accessories in each of the other profiles before you set the teachpoints.
Related information


“Verifying the AssayMAP Peltier

Thermal Station configuration” on
page 236

D
Teaching part 1: Setting teachpoints in the AssayMAP 1 profile

About this topic

This topic describes how to set the teachpoints in the AssayMAP 1 profile.
After you set the teachpoints in this profile, you run a teachpoint- update
protocol to automate the teachpoint adjustments for all the other profiles in
the Protein Sample Prep Workbench.
Alternatively, you can follow a manual workflow to set the teachpoints for all
nine deck locations in every device profile in the Protein Sample Prep
Workbench. For details, see “Manually updating teachpoints in each AssayMAP
profile” on page 260.
Teachpoint requirements
A teachpoint is a set of axial coordinates that define a location to which the
Bravo head moves. Each of the nine deck locations has a teachpoint.
CAUTION Using a profile that is associated with teachpoints from a different instrument
can result in a hardware collision and cause equipment damage. Ensure that you verify the
teachpoints associated with each profile for your specific instrument and Bravo 96AM Head.
IMPORTANT Every device profile in the Protein Sample Prep Workbench must
be adjusted to the correct teachpoints for the specific AssayMAP Bravo
Platform that you are installing.
Before you start
how to teach the Bravo Platform should perform the procedures in this topic.
CAUTION To prevent the head from crashing into an accessory, be sure to start the
accessory teaching process from the safe z-axis point above the accessory location. This is
especially important if you use the Set all teachpoints based upon selected teachpoint
feature.

D
IMPORTANT Make sure that you remove all labware from the deck except for
the 96AM Wash Station at deck location 1. The wash station remains installed
at deck location 1 in the following procedure while you set the teachpoint for
deck location 2. In a subsequent procedure, you will adjust the wash station
teachpoint at deck location 1.
Ensure that you have the required resources:

• 250- µL pipette tip
IMPORTANT Ensure that the pipette tip is new and in good condition.
• 0.010- inch (0.254 mm) feeler gauge

This gauge is used to set the vertical distance between the pipette tip and
top of the crosshairs mark on the platepad or accessory.
The following procedures assume that you have basic knowledge of the Bravo
teaching process and have been trained to teach the Bravo Platform.
CAUTION To prevent potential equipment damage, ensure that the deck is clear of any
obstacles before initializing the AssayMAP Bravo Platform.
Ensure the following:

• All Workbench profiles have been configured correctly. See “Verifying the
profile settings for the AssayMAP Bravo Platform” on page 227.
• The Protein Sample Prep Workbench software is not open.
• In the VWorks software, Simulation is off.
T

D
Workflow for setting the teachpoints

1 In the Bravo Diagnostics dialog “Initializing the Bravo Platform” on
box, initialize the AssayMAP 1 page 33
profile.
2 Set the teachpoint for deck a. “Setting the teachpoint for deck
location 2, derive the location 2 and deriving the
remaining teachpoints for the remaining teachpoints” on
AssayMAP 1 profile, and fine page 246
tune the teachpoints. b. “Fine tuning the teachpoints” on
page 247
3 Adjust the accessory location “Teaching part 2: Adjusting

teachpoints for the AssayMAP teachpoints for
AssayMAP 1 profile. accessories” on page 249
4 Use the AssayMAP Update “Teaching part 3: Updating the

Teachpoints protocol to update other profiles based on
the remaining profiles. AssayMAP 1” on page 255
Setting the teachpoint for deck location 2 and deriving the remaining teachpoints
To set the teachpoints:
1 Manually seat a 250- µL pipette tip on probe A1 (back left corner of the
Bravo 96AM Head). Ensure that the pipette tip locks into place with the
probe.
Ensure a standard platepad is installed at deck location 2.
2 In the Bravo Diagnostics dialog box, click the Jog/Teach tab.
3 In the image of the Bravo deck in the upper left corner, click Location 2.

D
4 Carefully, use the Jog Axes controls to adjust the position of the pipette tip
above the crosshairs on platepad 2. Use incrementally smaller jog
increments as you jog the pipette tip down closer to the crosshairs.
As the pipette tip moves down along the z- axis towards the crosshairs, the
following error message appears. Visually inspect the clearance remaining
between the tip and the crosshairs. If the tip is not yet at the crosshairs,
adjust the jog increment as required, and click Ignore to continue jogging
the head down.
CAUTION Before you click Ignore in the error message, verify that enough space
remains to continue jogging the head down. Jogging the head down too far will result in
a collision and cause equipment damage.
Note: This error message appears every time you jog in the z- axis to a
point that is lower than the default z- axis teachpoint (60.00 mm).
5 When the pipette tip is 1–2 mm above the crosshairs, do the following:
a Verify that the A1 pipette tip is perfectly centered above the platepad
crosshairs in the x- and y- axes.
b Set the Jog Axes Up/Down increment to 0.2- mm. Carefully, jog the head
down in 0.2- mm increments just until the feeler gauge cannot fit under
the pipette tip.
c Raise the head by 0.05- mm increments until you reach the lowest
possible height that allows the 0.010- inch feeler gauge to slide under
the pipette tip without deflecting it.
6 Click Teach.
7 To derive the teachpoints for the remaining locations from deck location 2:
a In the Advanced operations list, select Set all teachpoints based upon the
selected teachpoint.
b Ensure that deck location 2 is still selected, and then click the Perform
advanced operations.
c Click OK in the confirmation message.
Fine tuning the teachpoints

To fine tune the automatically derived teachpoints:
1 In the Jog/Teach tab image of the Bravo deck, click Location 3.
2 In the Approach height above teachpoint list, select 10, and then click Approach.
The Bravo head moves to deck location 3 and moves down so that the
pipette tip is approximately 10 mm above the platepad crosshairs.

D
3 Carefully, use the Jog Axes controls to adjust the position of the A1 pipette
tip above the crosshairs. Use incrementally smaller jog increments as you
jog the tip down closer to the crosshairs.
4 When the pipette tip is 1–2 mm above the crosshairs, do the following:
a Verify that the A1 pipette tip is perfectly centered above the crosshairs
in the x- and y- axes.
b Set the Jog Axes Up/Down increment to 0.2- mm. Carefully, jog the head
down in 0.2- mm increments just until the feeler gauge cannot fit under
the pipette tip.
c Raise the head by 0.05- mm increments until you reach the lowest
possible height that allows the 0.010- inch feeler gauge to slide under
the pipette tip without deflecting it.
5 Click Teach.
6 Repeat steps 1 to 5 for deck locations 4, 5, 6, 7, and 8.
IMPORTANT If the Peltier Thermal Station is installed at deck

location 4, ensure that the plate nest is empty and the PCR plate insert
is not installed.
Related information
For more information See…

about…
Next steps “Teaching part 2: Adjusting AssayMAP
“Teaching part 3: Updating the other profiles
Previous steps “Verifying the profile settings for the AssayMAP

Bravo Platform” on page 227

D
Teaching part 2: Adjusting AssayMAP teachpoints for accessories
About this topic

This topic is part 2 of 3 that describe how to set the teachpoints for the
AssayMAP Bravo Platform. This topic includes the following procedures:
• “Teaching the Orbital Shaking Station at deck location 9” on page 249
• “Teaching the 96AM Wash Station at deck location 1” on page 250
• “Adjusting the teachpoint at deck location 2 for the Cartridge & Tip
Seating Station” on page 253
Teaching the Orbital Shaking Station at deck location 9
If the Orbital Shaking Station is installed at deck location 9, a teachpoint

adjustment is required. Use the following procedure to set the teachpoint for
the Orbital Shaking Station at deck location 9.
Before you start
• Pipettor teaching plate (G5550- 17692). The teaching plate is a 10- mm thick
metal plate that fits in the plate nest of an accessory. The teaching plate
has a crosshairs in one corner, as the following figure shows.
Figure Pipettor teaching plate
• 250- µL pipette tip seated on probe A1 (back left corner) of the Bravo
96AM Head.
• 0.010- inch (0.254 mm) feeler gauge

This gauge is used to set the vertical distance between the pipette tip and
top flat surface of the Orbital Shaking Station.
To teach the Orbital Shaking Station at deck location 9:

1 Place the teaching plate in the plate nest of the Orbital Shaking Station.
Ensure that the crosshairs is at the back left corner and facing upward.
Press down on the teaching plate so that the bottom touches the top
surface of the plate nest.
2 In the Jog/Teach tab, and click Location 9.

D
3 In the Approach height above teachpoint box, type 15, and then click Approach.
The Bravo head moves to deck location 9 and moves down so that the
pipette tip is approximately 5 mm above the crosshairs on the 10- mm
teaching plate.
4 Carefully, use the Jog Axes Down +Z control to move the pipette tips down
until the pipette tip is 1–2 mm from the crosshairs, and then use the Jog
Axes X/Y controls to center the A1 tip above the crosshairs.
5 When the A1 tip is perfectly centered above the crosshairs, click Teach to
save this value temporarily.
6 Click the Move to safe height at current X/Y position. Remove the teaching plate
from the Orbital Shaking Station.
7 Ensure that deck location 9 is still selected, and then click Move. The head
moves down so that the tip is approximately 10 mm above the top surface
of the plate nest in the Orbital Shaking Station.
8 Use the Down +Z control to lower the pipette head incrementally.
9 When the pipette tip is 1–2 mm above the flat surface of the Orbital
Shaking Station, do the following:
a Set the Down +Z increment to 0.2 mm. Carefully, jog the head down in
0.2- mm increments just until a 0.254- mm (0.010- inch) feeler gauge
cannot fit under the pipette tip.
b Raise the head by 0.05- mm increments until you reach the lowest
possible height that allows the feeler gauge to slide under the pipette
tip without deflecting it.
Note: Alternatively, you may use the Jog Axes controls to move the head
down in the z- axis until the pipette tip is as close as possible to the
top surface of the plate nest, without making contact.
10 Click Teach to set the new teachpoint values for deck location 9.
11 To save the new teachpoint for this location, click the Profiles tab, and then
click Update this profile.
Teaching the 96AM Wash Station at deck location 1
CAUTION Failure to remove the pipette tip from the A1 probe will cause the pipette tip to
collide with the wash station chimney, damaging the Bravo 96AM Head and 96AM Wash
Station. Ensure that you remove the pipette tip before starting the procedure.
For this procedure, you will center the syringe probes above the wash station
chimneys to adjust the x- and y- axes for the teachpoint, but you will use the
existing z- axis teachpoint.
To teach the 96AM Wash Station:

1 If you have not already done so, remove the pipette tip from probe A1.
IMPORTANT Ensure that the 250- µL tip remains selected as the

Teaching tip type in the Profiles tab. Ensure that no pipette tips or
cartridges are seated on the Bravo 96AM Head.
2 In the Bravo Diagnostics Jog/Teach tab, click Location 1.

D
Note: Additional accessories will appear in the image if you have

configured them in this profile.
3 In the Location list, locate the Z-axis box. Write down the Z- axis value on a
piece of paper. You will use this value in a subsequent step.
Note: The Z- axis teachpoint value for deck location 1 is typically
between 105.2–105.8 mm for a standard height AssayMAP Bravo Platform
and standard platepad.

D
5 Carefully, use the Jog Axes controls to position the syringe probes so that
they are perfectly centered over the corresponding chimneys in the wash
station.
The tips of the probes should be approximately 1 mm above the tops of the
chimneys.
6 When the probes and chimneys are perfectly aligned, use the Jog Axes
controls to move the head down slowly along the z- axis to the original
Z-axis teachpoint value that you recorded in step 3.
Note: This step will insert the probes into the wash station chimneys,
which is a normal part of the teaching process.
7 When the position of the z- axis (as indicated by the Z- axis readout in the
bottom right of the screen) matches the value that was written down from
above, click Teach to set the new teachpoint for deck location 1.

D
8 Click the Move to safe height at current X/Y position to remove the probes from
the wash station chimneys, and return the head to the safe Z- height.
9 In the Profiles tab, click the Update this profile to save the new teachpoints.
Adjusting the teachpoint at deck location 2 for the Cartridge & Tip Seating Station
You adjust the teachpoint for deck location 2 to enhance the precision of the
probes as they move into the cartridges or pipette tips in the Cartridge & Tip
Seating Station.
IMPORTANT Ensure that no pipette tips or cartridges are seated on the

Bravo 96AM Head. Ensure that the 250- µL tip remains selected as the
Teaching tip type in the Profiles tab.
To adjust the teachpoint for the Cartridge & Tip Seating Station:
1 Ensure that no labware is on the deck other than the wash station at deck
location 1.
2 In the Bravo Diagnostics Jog/Teach tab, click Location 2.
3 Write down the value that appears in the Z-axis box for location 2. You will
use this value in a later step.
Note: Additional accessories will appear in the image if you have

configured them in this profile.
4 In the Approach height above teachpoint (mm) list, select 50, and then click
Approach.
5 Using care to avoid touching the head probes, place the Cartridge & Tip
Seating Station on the platepad at deck location 2. Ensure that the station
is fully seated on the platepad.

D
1 00240
2 3
Bravo
Plate Orientation
4 5 6
7 8 9
00240
6 Carefully, use the Jog Axes controls to jog the head down incrementally to
the Cartridge & Tip Seating Station.
7 When the syringe probes are just above the wells, use the Jog Axes controls
for the x- and y- axes to position the probes so that they are perfectly
centered within the openings of the corresponding wells in the Cartridge &
Tip Seating Station.
8 When the probes are perfectly centered within the well openings:
a Click Teach to save these values temporarily.
b Click Move to safe height at current X/Y position to return the head to a safe
z- axis height.
9 Remove the Cartridge & Tip Seating Station from the deck.
10 Carefully, use the Down +Z control to jog the head down incrementally until
the value in the Z-axis box matches the value that you noted in step 3.
11 Click Teach to set the new teachpoint.
Related information

about…
Next step “Teaching part 3: Updating the other profiles
Previous steps “Teaching part 1: Setting teachpoints in the

AssayMAP 1 profile” on page 244

D
Teaching part 3: Updating the other profiles based on AssayMAP 1
About this topic

This topic is part 3 of 3 that describe how to set the teachpoints for the
AssayMAP Bravo Platform.
The AssayMAP Teachpoint Update protocol will guide you through the process
of setting teachpoints for all other profiles in the Protein Sample Prep
Workbench based on the AssayMAP 1 profile.
Several of the profiles included in the Protein Sample Prep Workbench require
special teachpoint adjustments for accessories that will be placed on specific
Bravo deck locations, which are listed in the following table. The AssayMAP
Teachpoint Update protocol automatically makes these teachpoint adjustments.
Table Special adjustments automatically performed by Teachpoint Update protocol

Profile Deck Teachpoint adjustments for accessories
location
GlykoPrep- Plus 4 Raises the teachpoint z- axis coordinate by
4.4 mm to accommodate the height of the
Red PCR Insert on the Peltier Thermal
Station.
AssayMAP 2, 6 Raises the teachpoint z- axis coordinate by

Normalization 28.5 mm at these deck locations to
accommodate the height of the Bravo Plate
Riser.
Before you start

Ensure that you have completed the following procedures:
• “Teaching part 1: Setting teachpoints in the AssayMAP 1 profile” on
page 244.
• “Teaching part 2: Adjusting AssayMAP teachpoints for accessories” on
page 249
Ensure that you have the required resources:

D
• AssayMAP Teachpoint Update protocol (.pro) installed in the following

location:
C:\VWorks Workspace\Workbench\Protocols\AssayMAP Teachpoint Update
v1p0.pro
• 250- µL pipette tip
Note: The AssayMAP Teachpoint Update protocol is not designed to work

in simulation mode.
Starting the AssayMAP Teachpoint Update protocol
To start the AssayMAP Teachpoint Update protocol:

1 In the VWorks window, click File > Open. The Open dialog box appears.
2 In the Open dialog box, ensure the file type is Protocol Files (*.pro). Locate the
C:\VWorks Workspace\Workbench\Protocols folder, select the AssayMAP
Teachpoint Update v1p0.pro file, and then click Open.
3 When the following VWorks initialization message appears, click Yes.
The AssayMAP Bravo.dev file opens, and the AssayMAP 1 profile initializes.
4 Ensure that the AssayMAP Teachpoint Update protocol is open in the
VWorks window, and then click Start.

D
5 In the Run Configuration dialog box, click Finish to start the protocol.
6 When the Update Teachpoints dialog box appears, click Continue update
teachpoints in all the other workbench profiles based on the AssayMAP 1
profile.

D
7 When the WARNING dialog box appears, click Continue to update the
teachpoints in all the Workbench profiles based on the AssayMAP 1 profile
teachpoints.
Related information

about…
Next step “Adjusting the gripper offset for AssayMAP
profiles” on page 259
Previous steps “Teaching part 1: Setting teachpoints in the

AssayMAP 1 profile” on page 244
“Teaching part 2: Adjusting AssayMAP

D
Adjusting the gripper offset for AssayMAP profiles
Adjusting the gripper offset for AssayMAP profiles
About this topic

To pick up and place labware correctly, the gripper fingers must be positioned
at equal distances from the long sides of the labware on a platepad.
IMPORTANT After you have finished setting the teachpoints for all the
profiles in the AssayMAP Bravo Platform, use the procedures in this topic to
adjust the gripper y- axis offset and test the gripper performance in every
profile.
Before you start
IMPORTANT Before you adjust the gripper y- axis offset, ensure that the
pipettor teachpoints (x- , y- , and z- axes) have been verified and no pipette tips
or cartridges are installed on the head.
Make sure that:

• The Bravo gripper fingers are in good condition and aligned with the head.
Perform a visual inspection to ensure the gripper fingers are not bent.
• The gripper pads (black rubber) are in place on the gripper fingers and in
good condition. Ensure the gripper pads are not partially ripped off or
pulled askew.
Workflow
Step Task See …

1 Initialize the AssayMAP 1 profile. “Initializing the Bravo Platform
2 Adjust the gripper y- axis offset, “Adjusting the gripper y- axis

and then write down the Y offset offset” on page 43
value.
3 Test the gripper pick- and- place “Checking the gripper pick- and-
operations. place operations” on page 47
4 Initialize the next profile. “Initializing the Bravo Platform

5 Adjust the gripper y- axis offset “Adjusting the gripper y- axis

using the Y offset value that you offset” on page 43
noted in step 2.
6 Test the gripper pick- and- place “Checking the gripper pick- and-
operations. place operations” on page 47
7 Repeat steps 4–6 for each of the —

remaining profiles.

D
Manually updating teachpoints in each AssayMAP profile
Related information

about…
Next step “Verifying the setup in the Protein Sample Prep
Previous steps “Teaching part 3: Updating the other profiles

Manually updating teachpoints in each AssayMAP profile
About this topic

In general, you should use the four- part semi- automated workflow that starts
with “Teaching part 1: Setting teachpoints in the AssayMAP 1 profile” on
page 244.
Alternatively, you can use the following workflow to set the teachpoints for all
nine deck locations in every device profile manually.
Before you start

Ensure that all device profiles in the Protein Sample Prep Workbench have
been installed, and that they are configured correctly. See “Verifying the profile
settings for the AssayMAP Bravo Platform” on page 227.
CAUTION Using a profile that is associated with teachpoints from a different instrument
can result in a hardware collision and cause equipment damage. Ensure that you verify the
teachpoints associated with each profile for your specific instrument and Bravo 96AM Head.
Workflow for manually setting teachpoints

1 Initialize the AssayMAP 1 profile. “Initializing the Bravo Platform in
2 In the AssayMAP 1 profile, set the teachpoint for “Setting the teachpoint for deck
deck location 2 and derive the teachpoints for the location 2 and deriving the
other eight deck locations automatically. remaining teachpoints” on
page 246
3 Fine tune the derived teachpoints. “Fine tuning the teachpoints” on

page 247

D
Adjusting the teachpoint for the Bravo Plate Riser

4 Normalization profile only. If the Bravo Plate Riser “Adjusting the teachpoint for the
is installed at deck locations 2 and 6, adjust the Bravo Plate Riser” on page 261
teachpoint at these locations to accommodate the
extra height.
5 GlykoPrep- Plus profile only. If the Peltier Thermal “Adjusting the Peltier Thermal
Station is installed at deck location 4, adjust the Station for the red PCR plate
teachpoint to accommodate the red PCR plate insert. insert” on page 264
6 Orbital Shaking Station only. If the accessory is “Teaching the Orbital Shaking
installed at deck location 9, fine tune the teachpoint. Station at deck location 9” on
page 249
7 Adjust the teachpoint for the 96AM Wash Station. “Teaching the 96AM Wash Station
at deck location 1” on page 250
8 Repeat steps 1 to 7 for every device profile in the —

Protein Sample Prep Workbench.
About this topic

Use the following procedures only if the deck configuration contains the Bravo
Plate Risers, for example, the AssayMAP Normalization profile.
IMPORTANT If you are running the AssayMAP Teachpoint Update protocol,

the teachpoint is adjusted automatically for the Bravo Plate Riser. For details,
see “Teaching part 3: Updating the other profiles based on AssayMAP 1” on
page 255.
Bravo Plate Riser description

The Bravo Plate Riser is a 2.84- cm tall deck accessory that you can place atop
a standard platepad on the Bravo deck. The Bravo Plate Riser requires a
teachpoint adjustment in the Bravo profile to ensure that the Bravo head
moves to the correct height at the location where the Bravo Plate Riser is
installed.
The following figure shows the Bravo Plate Riser, which has a crosshairs in
one corner to facilitate adjusting the teachpoint.

D
Figure Bravo Plate Riser
CAUTION Placing the Bravo Plate Riser at a deck location that does not have the
corresponding teachpoint in the device profile will result in a collision, causing equipment
damage. Ensure that the device profile includes the corresponding teachpoint for any deck
location where the Bravo Plate Riser is installed.
About the AssayMAP Normalization profile

The AssayMAP Normalization profile (Normalization- AM Bravo.dev) includes
teachpoints for the Bravo Plate Riser at deck locations 2 and 6. However, you
should adjust the teachpoints on your instrument and verify the teachpoints
before running the Normalization application for the first time.
Figure Normalization profile Bravo Plate Riser deck locations
1 00240
2 3
Bravo
Plate Orientation
4 5 6
7 8 9
00240
IMPORTANT When setting the teachpoint, ensure that a 250- µL pipette tip is
seated on probe A1 (back left corner) of the Bravo 96AM Head.

Use the following procedure to adjust a standard platepad teachpoint to
accommodate the Bravo Plate Riser.

D
To adjust the teachpoint for the Bravo Plate Riser:

1 Place the Bravo Plate Riser on the platepad at the corresponding deck
location. Ensure that the Bravo Plate Riser is oriented so that the
crosshairs is at the back left corner.
Press down on the Bravo Plate Riser so that it is seated on the platepad.
2 In the Jog/Teach tab, click the Location list, and then select the deck
location that you are teaching.
The Bravo head moves to the selected deck location, and then moves down
so that the tip is approximately 22 mm above the crosshairs on the Bravo
Plate Riser.
4 Carefully, use the Jog Axes controls to move the head down in smaller and
smaller increments until the pipette tip is about 1 mm above the crosshairs
on the Bravo Plate Riser.
Visually inspect the alignment to determine if the left- to- right (X) and
front- to- back (Y) positions of the tip are centered above the crosshairs on
the Bravo Plate Riser. If necessary, use the Jog Axes controls (Left, Right
and Forward, Back) to center the A1 tip above the crosshairs.
5 Carefully, use the Jog Axes controls to move the head down in tiny
increments until the pipette tip is as close as possible to the crosshairs on
the Bravo Plate Riser without touching the surface.
6 Click Teach to set the new teachpoint values for the deck location.
8 Repeat this procedure for the other deck location where the Bravo Plate
Riser will be installed.
Verifying the teachpoint for the Bravo Plate Riser

Use the following procedure to verify the adjusted teachpoint for the Bravo
Plate Riser.
1 Ensure that the Bravo Plate Riser is securely seated on the platepad at the
corresponding deck location. Ensure that the Bravo Plate Riser is oriented
so that the crosshairs is at the back left corner.
2 In the Jog/Teach tab, click the Location list, and then select the deck
location you are teaching.
3 Click Move, The Bravo head moves to the selected deck location so that the
tip is at the crosshairs on the Bravo Plate Riser.
4 Visually inspect the alignment to ensure that the tip is centered from left
to right and front to back.
CAUTION A hardware collision can occur if you initialize a device profile that does not
include the teachpoints for the Bravo Plate Riser while the Bravo Plate Riser remains on the
deck. Ensure that you remove the Bravo Plate Riser from the deck when initializing a different
device profile.

D
Adjusting the Peltier Thermal Station for the red PCR plate insert
Related information

Verifying the setup “Verifying the setup in the Protein
Sample Prep Workbench” on page 266
Setting teachpoints manually “Manually updating teachpoints in each

AssayMAP profile” on page 260
Adjusting the teachpoint for the “Adjusting the Peltier Thermal Station
red PCR plate insert for the red PCR plate insert” on
page 264
About this topic
IMPORTANT If you are running the AssayMAP Teachpoint Update protocol,

the teachpoint is adjusted automatically for the Bravo Plate Riser. For details,
see “Teaching part 3: Updating the other profiles based on AssayMAP 1” on
page 255.
Use the following procedure only if the deck configuration includes the Peltier
Thermal Station and you plan to use the red PCR plate insert.
The AssayMAP GlykoPrep- plus applications require the red PCR plate insert to
be present in the plate nest of the Peltier Thermal Station for the entire
workflow. Use the following teaching procedure to accommodate this
requirement for deck location 4 in the GlykoPrep- plus profile.
Figure PCR plate insert
IMPORTANT Ensure that the PCR plate insert is not installed in the Peltier
Thermal Station at deck location 4 for the following teaching procedure.
Adjusting the teachpoint for the PCR plate insert

To adjust the teachpoint for the PCR plate insert:
1 In the Jog/Teach tab, click Location 4.

D
2 Click Move to move the head to the previously defined teachpoint for
location 4.
3 Using the Jog Axes controls, jog the head up (- Z) by exactly 4.4 mm.
For example, if the value for the teachpoint’s Z- axis coordinate from the
fine tuning was 104.00 mm, the new value after adjusting by 4.4 mm will
be 99.60 mm.
4 Click Teach to set the new teachpoint.
Related information

Setting up the platform “Setting up the AssayMAP Bravo
Updating teachpoints for other “Teaching part 3: Updating the other

accessories profiles based on AssayMAP 1” on
page 255
“Adjusting the teachpoint for the Bravo
Plate Riser” on page 261
Verifying the setup “Verifying the setup in the Protein

Sample Prep Workbench” on page 266

D
Verifying the setup in the Protein Sample Prep Workbench
Verifying the setup in the Protein Sample Prep Workbench
About this topic

Typically, an Agilent representative will set up and verify a new installation of
the AssayMAP Bravo Platform. This topic presents the workflow for reference.
Workflow

1 Open the Protein Sample Prep “Opening the Workbench and
Workbench and access the accessing the utilities” on page 266
utility library.
2 Open the System Startup/ Instructions for the Startup

Shutdown utility and run the protocol in the Protein Sample
Startup protocol. Prep Workbench
3 Run the Syringe Wash utility Instructions for the utility in the
for 60 cycles. Protein Sample Prep Workbench
4 Perform a mock run of the Affinity Purification user guide in

Affinity Purification protocol. the Protein Sample Prep
Workbench
5 Run the Syringe Test utility. Instructions for the utility in the
Protein Sample Prep Workbench
6 Open the System Startup/ Instructions for the Startup

Shutdown utility and run the protocol in the Protein Sample
Shutdown protocol. Prep Workbench
Opening the Workbench and accessing the utilities
Before using the Workbench applications and utilities

You must set up the AssayMAP Bravo Platform in the VWorks software before
you run the protocols in the Protein Sample Prep Workbench. For details, see
“Setting up the AssayMAP Bravo Platform” on page 225.
Opening the Protein Sample Prep Workbench

To open the Protein Sample Prep Workbench:
On the Windows desktop, double- click the Protein Sample Prep Workbench icon.

D
Alternatively, on the Windows desktop, click Start > All Programs > Agilent
Technologies > Protein Sample Prep Workbench> Protein Sample Prep Workbench.
About the System Startup/Shutdown utility

The System Startup/Shutdown utility consists of two protocols:
• Startup. You should run the Startup protocol when you first start up the
AssayMAP Bravo Platform or before running any application protocol.
• Shutdown. You should run the Shutdown protocol after every application
protocol run, if the AssayMAP Bravo Platform will not be in use for 1 hour
or longer, and before shutting down the device overnight.
To access the utilities and their corresponding instructions, see the following
section.
Accessing a workbench utility
To access a utility:
1 In the Protein Sample Prep Workbench, do one of the following:
• If you have not yet logged in, click Utility Library. The VWorks software
starts, and then the User Authentication dialog box opens.

D
Type your VWorks user name and password, and then click OK.
Note: The default login user name is administrator.
The default password is administrator.
• If you have already logged in to the software, click the Utility Library
button in any of the other libraries of the Protein Sample Prep
Workbench.
2 In the Utility Library, locate the name of the utility you want to use, and
then click Utility to open the utility.
Figure Utility Library in the Protein Sample Prep Workbench
3 Click Instructions to display the user guide for the corresponding utility.
About running the AssayMAP protocols

For instructions on how to run an AssayMAP protocol, click the button for the
corresponding application in the Protein Sample Prep Workbench Literature
Library.

D
Requirements for partial-head liquid handling
Figure Protein Sample Prep Workbench Literature Library main page
Alternatively, go to the Protein Sample Prep Workbench section of the VWorks

Knowledge Base.
Related information

How to access the VWorks “Accessing product user information” on
Knowledge Base page xi
Entering labware definitions in the VWorks Automation Control Setup

VWorks software Guide
Creating protocols in the VWorks VWorks Automation Control User

software Guide

The Bravo 96AM Head can perform liquid- handling tasks with a subset of the
96 channels (partial head) only if you are using AssayMAP cartridges or
250- µL tips. This topic provides guidelines to help ensure that any partial- head
liquid handling is done correctly.
CAUTION Attempting to use the bare probes for liquid-handling tasks that employ fewer
than 96 channels can cause a crash, resulting in damage to the Bravo 96AM Head.

D
Tasks performed at the 96AM Wash Station

To prevent potential crashes with the tall chimneys and walls of the 96AM
Wash Station, ensure that the well selection parameter is set to the entire plate
for any task at the 96AM Wash Station.
CAUTION Attempting to perform a task at the 96AM Wash Station while a portion of the
Bravo 96AM Head is offset above an adjacent location may result in a crash, causing potential
damage to the head. Ensure that you use the entire plate well selection for any task at the
96AM Wash Station.
Clearance issues when using a partial head of cartridges
CAUTION Using a single cartridge or an irregular array of cartridges can cause a potential
head crash. Ensure that the selection of cartridges originates at probe A1 and that the
selection of probes is contiguous. Carefully plan the deck layout and robot moves to prevent
potential collisions between the remaining bare probes and the items on the Bravo deck.
Figure Probe for channel A1 in the Bravo 96AM Head
When fewer than 96 cartridges are mounted on the head, careful planning of
the deck layout and the robot moves is required to prevent potential collisions
between the remaining bare probes and the items on the Bravo deck. A
mounted cartridge extends only 9 mm beyond the tip of a bare probe, as the
Figure Vertical distance between the tips of a bare probe and a mounted cartridge
9 mm

D
Because the distance between the tip of the bare probe and a mounted
cartridge is relatively small, you must ensure the following:
• The depth at which the cartridges enter the wells is no more than 9 mm.
• When doing partial- plate operations where the head is offset horizontally
from the target deck location (not centered over the platepad), ensure
sufficient vertical clearance for the unused probes:
– Target deck location. If the labware has deep wells and the head goes
down too far, a collision between the unused probes and the perimeter
of the labware can occur.
– Adjacent deck location. If a labware or other object at the adjacent
location is taller than the labware at the target location, a collision
between the unused probes and the tall object or labware can occur.
Note: No horizontal offset of the head is required for partial- plate operations
where the selection of channels in the head aligns with the labware well
selection. For example, probe A1 enters well A1.
The following figures show examples of partial- plate operations where the head
is offset horizontally from the target deck location. In this example, cartridges
are mounted on the probes in columns 1 and 2. To access the wells in columns
11 and 12 of the labware at deck location 7, the head is offset over deck
location 8.
Figure Example of a partial-head horizontal offset from deck location 7
CAUTION If the head is offset from deep-well labware at the target deck location, the
unused probes can collide with the labware perimeter if the head goes down too far.
If the labware at location 7 was a deep- well microplate and you tried to
aspirate from the bottom of the wells in columns 11 and 12, the bare probes in
column 3 of the head would crash into the right side wall of the deep- well
microplate.
CAUTION If the head has fewer than 96 cartridges and is offset from the target deck
location, the unused probes can have undesired contact with surrounding objects or samples.
To prevent equipment damage and contamination, verify that sufficient clearance exists at the
adjacent deck location.

D
If deck location 8 contained labware taller than the microplate at deck

location 7, the head’s bare probes would crash into the labware at location 8,
as the following figure shows.
Figure Example of partial-head horizontal offset with taller labware at the adjacent location
Although the VWorks software considers the geometry of the labware at the
target deck location during the task, the software is unaware of the labware
height on the adjacent deck location where the head will be offset.
Requirements for mounting a partial head of 250-µL tips
CAUTION A collision will result if the Bravo 96AM Head is offset from the tip box location
when pressing on tips. When picking up tips from a tip box, ensure that the Bravo 96AM Head
is centered over the tip box.
CAUTION To ensure consistent seating of tips on the probes, use the 96AM Cartridge &
Tip Seating Station to seat the tips on the probes.
The Bravo 96AM Head must be centered over the tip box when picking up tips
to be transfered to the 96AM Cartridge & Tip Seating Station.
Figure 96AM Cartridge & Tip Seating Station

D
Related information

Bravo 96AM Head “Bravo 96AM Head overview” on
page 202
Using and storing the Bravo 96AM “Installing and using the Bravo 96AM
Head Head” on page 211

D

Bravo Platform
User Guide
E
Diagnostics quick reference
This appendix contains the following topics:
• “Diagnostics dialog box” on page 276
• “Configuration tab quick reference” on page 277
• “Accessory Diagnostics dialog box” on page 280
• “External Robots tab quick reference” on page 281
• “IO tab quick reference” on page 282
• “Jog/Teach tab quick reference” on page 284
• “Gripper tab quick reference” on page 288
• “Profiles tab quick reference” on page 291
• “Processes tab quick reference” on page 295
• “Aspirate task parameters” on page 299
• “Dispense task parameters” on page 302
• “Dispense to Waste task parameters” on page 304
• “Mix task parameters” on page 307
• “Pump Reagent parameters” on page 310
• “Shake task parameters” on page 311
• “Vacuum Filtration Station task parameters” on page 313
• “Wash Tips task parameters” on page 316
• “Pin Tool task parameters” on page 320
• “AM Aspirate task parameters” on page 323
• “AM Dispense task parameters” on page 328
• “AM Mix task parameters” on page 333
275

E
Diagnostics dialog box
Diagnostics dialog box
About this topic

This topic provides a quick reference for the Diagnostics dialog box.
Buttons
WARNING To perform an emergency stop, press the red button on the emergency-stop
pendant.
Button Description
About Displays the version numbers of Diagnostics and,
if initialized, the Bravo firmware.
Stop motors Disables all the motors that drive the Bravo head
(keyboard SPACEBAR) and engages the brakes to stop the motion.
To re- enable the head movement, click Enable all
motors on the Jog/Teach tab.
Tabbed pages
Tabbed page Description

“Configuration tab quick Provides controls for configuring accessories at
reference” on page 277 specified deck locations and for testing the
accessories.
“External Robots tab Provides controls for configuring where the

quick reference” on Bravo head can be when an external robot
page 281 accesses the deck and whether operations can
occur concurrently.
“IO tab quick reference” Provides controls and indicators for clearing
on page 282 motor faults and checking the head type.
“Jog/Teach tab quick Provides controls for jogging the liquid- handling
reference” on page 284 head and setting teachpoints.
“Gripper tab quick Provides controls for fine- tuning the gripper
reference” on page 288 movements.
“Processes tab quick Provides controls for running diagnostic tasks in

reference” on page 295 real time.
“Profiles tab quick Provides controls for managing and creating

reference” on page 291 profiles and changing the liquid- handling head.

E
Configuration tab quick reference
About this topic

This topic provides a reference for the Configuration tab in Diagnostics.
Procedures
The Configuration tab enables you to configure and test accessories. For the
procedures, see:
• “Accessories and platepads” on page 107
• “Autofilling accessories” on page 177
Contents
The Configuration tab in Diagnostics contains the following areas:
• “Location Configuration area” on page 277
• “Accessory Configuration area” on page 278
Location Configuration area
Control or indicator Description

Location A list that specifies the deck location. The deck
layout graphic highlights the selected location.

E

Graphical display of An interactive display that provides the
Bravo deck following:
• Alternative way to specify the location that
you want to configure.
• Visual display of the type of accessory
configured for each location.
Location is configured as Specifies the function of the selected location as

either:
• Standard platepad. Designates a generic pad.
• (SRT only) platepad for 250 uL tips.
Available only for the shorter model Bravo
SRT for use with the 250- µL tip boxes. See
“(Bravo SRT only) Setting up an LT tip box
location” on page 173.
• Accessory. Displays the Accessory Wizard,
which steps you through specifying a
configured accessory at the specified
position.
Accessory Configuration area

Graphical display of Displays icons of the Bravo Platform and any
configured accessories configured accessories associated with specific
deck locations.
Diagnose accessory Displays the Accessory Diagnostics dialog box for

the selected accessory.
Click the accessory icon in the graphic to display
the corresponding dialog box. See “Accessory
Diagnostics dialog box” on page 280.

E

Number of pump modules Specifies the total number of Pump Modules for
the given Bravo Platform. Each Pump Module
contains two peristaltic pumps.
Related information

Setting up accessories “Bravo accessories overview” on

page 108


E
Accessory Diagnostics dialog box
Accessory Diagnostics dialog box
About this topic

This topic provides a quick reference for the Accessory Diagnostics dialog box.
Accessory Diagnostics dialog box procedures

The Accessory Diagnostics dialog box provides controls for testing the
functioning of an accessory that is configured in Diagnostics. The tabbed pages
in the dialog box change depending on which accessory you select.
The tabbed pages in the dialog box contain controls for:
• “Testing the autofilling function” on page 181
• “Calibrating a Weigh Station” on page 184
• “Testing the Orbital Shaking Station” on page 115
• “Testing the Vacuum Filtration Station” on page 134
• “Testing a thermal or thermal shaking station” on page 162
Related information

Setting up accessories “Bravo accessories overview” on

page 108


E
External Robots tab quick reference
External Robots tab quick reference
About this topic

This topic provides a reference for the External Robot tab in Diagnostics. Read
this topic if you have a Bravo Platform that is integrated in a system with
other plate- handling robots.
Procedures
The External Robot tab provides the controls for configuring how an external
robot can access the Bravo deck. You can configure whether to permit only one
robot to operate on the Bravo deck at any given time or to allow concurrent
operation.
For configuration procedures, see “Configuring external robot access” on
page 48.
Contents
The External Robot tab contains the following controls and indicators:

Prevent Bravo operation Enables and disables the concurrent operation of
during external robot the Bravo robot while an external robot accesses
access the Bravo deck.
• Select the check box to disable concurrent
operation and to move the Bravo head to a
specified safe location on the deck during the
external robot access.
• Clear the check box to enable concurrent
operation.
Move Bravo to this safe Allows you to specify the deck location where
location the Bravo head will move if an external robot is
accessing the Bravo deck.
Current safe location Displays the selected safe location.
Deck location Selects a location on the Bravo deck.
Does an external robot Specifies whether the selected deck location may
access this location? be accessed by an external robot.
External robots Specifies which external robots may access the

selected deck location.
Select the locations that Allows you to specify locations on the Bravo
should be blocked during deck where the Bravo robot is prohibited from
robot access moving during the external robot access.

E
IO tab quick reference
Related information

How to configure locations for “Configuring external robot access” on

external robot access page 48

About this topic

This topic provides a reference for the IO tab in Diagnostics.
Contents
The IO tab in Diagnostics contains the following controls and indicators:

Robot disable Lights bright green when the emergency- stop is
activated.
Head present Lights to indicate the status of a detected liquid-

handling head:
• Green. The head type specified in the
initialized profile matches the installed
liquid- handling head.
The Head is attached message displays.
• Red. The software detects one of the
following conditions:
– No liquid- handling head is installed. In
this case, the No head attached message
displays.
– The installed head does not match the
head type specified in the initialized
profile. The Incorrect head is attached
message displays.
Head type Displays the actual head type detected.

E

Go button is pressed Available only for the robot- disable pendant
model that has a Go button in addition to the
emergency- stop button. This indicator lights
bright green when the Go button on the pendant
is pressed.
Plate present in gripper Available only for a Bravo Platform that has a
gripper. This indicator lights bright green when
the plate presence sensor detects a plate in the
gripper.
Related information



E
Jog/Teach tab quick reference
About this topic

This topic provides a quick reference for the Jog/Teach tab in the Diagnostics
dialog box.
WARNING The red Stop motors button does not perform an immediate stop. The Bravo
head can continue to move in the same direction at the same speed. To perform an
emergency stop, press the red button on the emergency-stop pendant.
Procedures
The Jog/Teach tab enables you to:
Procedure See…
Home the liquid- handling head “Homing the liquid- handling head” on
page 94
Set teachpoints “Setting teachpoints” on page 36
Move the liquid- handling head to a “Using the Move and Approach
safe distance above a teachpoint, or commands” on page 99
move to a teachpoint
Move the liquid- handling head “Jogging the liquid- handling head” on
incrementally in each of its axes page 95
Contents
The Jog/Teach tab contains the following:
• “Teachpoints area” on page 284
• “Jog and Home Axes areas” on page 286
Teachpoints area
The Teachpoints area contains the following controls and indicators.

E
Controls and indicators

Graphical display of Bravo Provides an interactive display that enables you
deck to specify deck locations and monitor the
liquid- handling head movement. The highlighted
location indicates the location of the liquid-
handling head. You can move the head in real
time by right- clicking a location and selecting a
command.
Location Specifies the deck location for the liquid-

handling head movement or to set a teachpoint.
You can use either the deck graphical display
or the Location list to specify the location.
X- axis, Y- axis, and Z- axis Provide the current teachpoint coordinates for
displays the selected deck location.
Move Moves the liquid- handling head to the

teachpoint for the selected deck location.
Approach Moves to the specified approach height above

the teachpoint, or configured accessory, for the
selected deck location.
Approach height above Specifies a vertical offset that is used when

teachpoint/accessory (mm) you click Approach to move the liquid- handling
head above a teachpoint.
If an accessory was configured in Diagnostics
at the selected location, the software adds the
vertical offset to the stored height of the
accessory.
Move to a safe height at Moves the liquid- handling head to the z- axis
current X/Y position safe position that is specified in the profile.
Teach Saves the teachpoint coordinates for the deck

location.

E

Advanced operation Specifies one of the following options:
• Apply Z- axis teachpoint to all locations.
Adjusts all the location teachpoints using
the z- axis coordinate from the teachpoint
at the selected location.
• Set all teachpoints based upon selected
teachpoint. Applies the saved teachpoint
(x- , y-, and z- axis coordinates) from the
selected Location to all the other deck
locations.
• Reset teachpoints to defaults for current
head type. Changes all location teachpoints
to the default coordinates for the selected
liquid- handling head type.
Perform advanced Initiates the procedure that you selected in the

operation Advanced operation list.
Jog and Home Axes areas

The Jog Axes, Multiple Axes, and Home Axes areas contain the following
controls and indicators.

Jog Axes area
Aspirate +W, Enables you to select the incremental distance

Dispense –W buttons (µL) to move the liquid- handling head, and
and increment (µL) list then move the head the specified distance in
the w-axis.
Left –X, Right +X, Enables you to select the incremental distance
Back –Y, Forward +Y (mm) to move the liquid- handling head, and
buttons and then move the head the specified distance
increment (mm) list along the x- or y-axis.
Up –Z, Down +Z buttons Enables you to select the incremental distance

and (mm) to move the liquid- handling head, and
increment (mm) list then move the head the specified distance
along the z-axis.
Multiple Axes area

E

Speed Sets the velocity (Slow, Medium, or Fast) of
Bravo head movement in the side- to- side (x),
forward- backward (y), and vertical (z) axes
while using Diagnostics.
For example, you might want to use a slow
speed when setting teachpoints.
Home XYZ Homes the Bravo head in the side- to- side (x),
forward- backward (y), and vertical (z) axes.
Enable all motors/ Activates the Bravo head motors and turns off
Disable all motors the head motors.
For example, you must disable the motors
before moving the head manually.
W, X, Y, and Z Axis areas
Digital display Displays 0.00 when the liquid- handling head is

in the axis home position.
Displays the distance from the axis home
position when the liquid- handling head is not
in the home position.
Home Homes the liquid- handling head in the

selected axis. The home position is near the
low- to- mid w- axis range.
Enable motor, Enables or disables the motor for the selected

Motor enabled axis.
The Motor enabled indicator lights when the
motor for the axis is turned on.
Related information



E
Gripper tab quick reference
About this topic

The Bravo gripper can pick up labware and move it from one location to
another on the Bravo deck. If the Bravo Platform includes a gripper, you use
the controls on the Gripper tab to configure the gripper movements.
Procedures
You can use the Gripper tab to fine- tune the gripper movements using the
following procedures:
• “Verifying the gripper setup” on page 43
• “Using the gripper controls” on page 100
Gripper Teaching area

Labware Specifies the labware to be used during a move
operation as defined in the Labware Editor.
Y offset Specifies the offset to the y- axis teachpoint at

each location to center the gripper about the
labware.
Teach Y offset for gripper Calculates the offset from the selected location
teachpoint to where the gripper is and applies
it as the y- offset.
Approach height (mm) Specifies a vertical offset (safe distance) above

the labware.
Approach Moves the gripper to the specified approach

height.
Move Moves the gripper to the teachpoint.
Gripper Movement area

Location A Specifies the origin and destination locations
Pick A - > Place B for the gripper to move the labware.

E

Location B Specifies the origin and destination locations
Pick B - > Place A for the gripper to move the labware.
Plate present in gripper Lights when the plate sensor detects labware in
the gripper.
Jog Gripper Axes area

Up - Zg, Down +Zg and Enables you to set an incremental distance
increment (mm) list (mm) to move the gripper, and then move it
the specified distance along the Zg-axis.
The gripper holds and moves labware along the
Zg-axis from one location to another.
Open - G, Close +G and Enables you to set an incremental distance

increment (mm) list (mm) to move the gripper, and then open or
close it the specified amount.
The gripper grips the labware along the G-axis.
Dock gripper below head Moves the gripper to the docked position to
ensure that there is not interference when
moving the liquid- handling head.
Open gripper/Close gripper Opens and closes the gripper, respectively.
Speed Sets the velocity of each gripper movement. For

example, you might want to use a slow speed
when setting the y offset.
Zg-Axis and G-Axis areas

Digital display (mm) Displays the distance (mm) from the axis
home position when the gripper is not in the
home position.
Home Homes the gripper along the selected axis.
Enable motor, Enables or disables the motor for the selected

Motor enabled axis.
The Motor enabled indicator lights when the
motor for the axis is turned on.

E
Related information


• “Troubleshooting hardware

E
Profiles tab quick reference
About this topic

This topic provides a reference for the Profiles tab in Diagnostics.
Procedures
The Profiles tab enables you to:
Procedure See…
Create a profile, or manage the “Creating and managing profiles” on
available profiles page 28
Initialize a profile “Initializing the Bravo Platform” on

page 33
Change the liquid- handling head “Changing the Bravo head” on page 65
Contents
The Profiles tab contains the following:
• “Profile Management area” on page 291
• “Connection area” on page 292
• “Modified Variables area” on page 295
Profile Management area

The Profile Management area contains the following controls.
CAUTION Each profile can be used by multiple protocols. Deleting, renaming, or changing
the parameters for a profile based on one protocol can invalidate other protocols that use the
profile.
Control Description
Profiles name list Specifies the active profile.
Select the profile that you want to use from the
list.
Create a new profile Displays the Create Profile dialog box so that
you can name the new profile.
To add a profile, see “Creating and managing
profiles” on page 28.
Create a copy of this Creates a copy of the profile selected in the

profile Profiles name list. The new profile name has the
prefix, Copy of.

E
Control Description
Rename this profile Displays the Rename Profile dialog box so that
you can rename the profile selected in the
Profile name list.
Delete this profile Confirms the profile to be deleted, and then

deletes the selected from the Profile name list.
Update this profile Saves changes to the selected profile.

The Modified Variables area displays the unsaved
variables until the Update this profile button is
activated, which clears the Modified Variables
area.
Initialize this profile Initiates communication with the Bravo Platform

using the selected profile.
Connection area
The Connection area contains the following controls.
Control Description
This Bravo is connected Specifies an Ethernet communication connection
via ethernet between the device and the computer.
Device ID Displays the device number of the Bravo device

that is communicating with the computer.
Find available device Opens the Discovered BioNet Devices dialog box,
which lists the connected Bravo devices that the
software found.
This Bravo is connected Available only for earlier model devices.

via serial Specifies a serial communication connection
between the device and the computer.
Serial port Specifies the communication port on the

computer.
Miscellaneous area
The Miscellaneous area contains the following controls.
Control Description
Approach height Specifies the z- axis distance or height (safety
margin) above a microplate that the tips move to
before moving to another quadrant of the
microplate.

E
Control Description
Z- axis safe position Sets the safe z- axis distance or height of the
liquid- handling head.
A z- axis safe position of 0 is the highest position
possible for the liquid- handling head. A z- axis
safe position of 10 means the liquid- handling
head is 10 mm below the highest point.
If you select the Always move to safe Z before each
process option, the Bravo Platform moves to the
z- axis safe height when moving between labware
locations. Increasing this value may shorten run
times by minimizing the z- axis movement
between tasks. Making this value too large
causes the liquid- handling head to crash into
labware when moving between plate locations.
Prompt user to home Enables a warning to display when the Bravo

W-axis on first Platform is initialized and before the w- axis is
initialization homed.
The warning allows time for you to make sure
that liquid is not unexpectedly dispensed from
tips during the homing.
Run device at medium Sets the device speed to medium during a

speed during protocol protocol run.
Always move to safe Z Moves the liquid- handling head to the specified
before each process z- axis safe position between processes.
If you select this option, the Bravo head moves
to the specified z- axis safe height when moving
between labware locations. Select this option if
you have not specified the labware on the deck.
If you do not select this option, the Bravo
Platform will automatically determine the safe
z- axis point based on the labware specified,
thereby optimizing the processing time.
To prevent damage to the labware or the Bravo
Platform components, do not select this option if
you have not specified the labware.
Ignore plate sensor Bravo Platform with gripper only. Enables the
during pick and place software to ignore the microplate sensor during
a pick- and- place movement.
Select this option if the microplate sensor is
broken but you still want to test the pick- and-
place function.
Allow “top of stack” fluid Permits fluid handling tasks to be performed in

handling the labware at the top of a specified stack.
Enable tips- off tip- touch Performs a tip touch in the tip box after a Tips
Off task to ensure that the tips fall from the
head into the tip box.

E
Control Description
This is a Bravo SRT Bravo SRT model only. Specifies that this Bravo
device is the SRT model, which is shorter than
the standard model.
If you are using 250- µL tips on the SRT model,
select this check box, configure the tip box
location, and install the special SRT platepad for
250- µL tip boxes to ensure greater z- axis
clearance and prevent potential hardware
crashes. See “(Bravo SRT only) Setting up an LT
tip box location” on page 173.
Head Information area

The Head Information area contains the following controls.
Control Description
Head type Specifies the liquid- handling head type for the
profile.
Change head Starts the Change head wizard, which positions

the liquid- handling head for easy access and
provides prompts that step you through a
procedure.
IMPORTANT If you are changing the currently

installed liquid- handling head for the same type
of head and want to edit the profile, you may
use the Change head wizard. Otherwise, see
“Changing the Bravo head” on page 65.
The Change head button is available only after

you initialize a Bravo profile.
Teaching tip type Specifies the type of pipette tip to use for setting
the teachpoints.
If you change the Teaching tip type in a profile,
you must reteach the deck locations using the
new tip type.
Check head type on Verifies that the liquid- handling head specified
initialize in the profile matches the head mounted on the
Bravo Platform when the profile is used by a
protocol.
CAUTION If this check box is cleared, the Bravo
Platform will run with any liquid-handling head installed.
Therefore, if the profile specifies a 96-channel head type,
but a 384-channel head is installed, the head will crash.
Note: If this check box is cleared, the w- axis
controls in the Jog/Teach tab will be disabled
even when the device is initialized.

E
Processes tab quick reference
Modified Variables area

The Modified Variables area displays any changes to the profile settings since
the last time the profile was saved.
Related information


About this topic

This topic provides a reference for the Processes tab in Diagnostics.
Procedure
To run a process, see “Performing a task using Diagnostics” on page 104.
Contents
The Processes tab contains the following:
• “Location area” on page 295
• “Miscellaneous area” on page 296
• “Well Selection and Head Mode area” on page 297
• “Command Parameters area” on page 298
Location area
Note: If the selected Command to execute is Disassemble Vacuum, the controls
in this area are unavailable. In this case the command controls the location.

E

Location (Collection) Specifies the Bravo deck location to be used for
the selected process command.
If the selected Command to execute is Assemble
Vacuum, this list is labeled Collection, and the
selection controls the location for the Collection
plate.
Labware at selected Specifies the labware to be used for the selected

location (Collection) process command.
Note: To add a labware selection to the list, click
Open labware editor, and use the Labware
Editor.
Location 2 (Filter) Specifies the Bravo deck location to be used for

the selected process command.
If the selected Command to execute is Assemble
Vacuum, the list is labeled Filter and the
selection controls the location for the Filter
plate.
Labware at selected Specifies the labware to be used at location 2 for

location (Filter) the selected process command.
Note: To add a labware selection to the list, click
Open labware editor, and use the Labware
Editor.
Graphical display of An interactive display that provides the

Bravo deck following:
• Alternative way to specify the target location.
• Visual display of the type of platepad and
labware configured for each location.
Miscellaneous area

Open labware editor Opens the Labware Editor.
Open pipette technique Opens the Pipette Technique Editor.

editor
Open liquid library Opens the Liquid Library Editor.

E
Well Selection and Head Mode area

Plate graphical display Provides an interactive display that changes
based on your labware selection. For example, if
you use a 96- tip head and a 96- well microplate,
all the wells are selected (green) by default. If
you use a 96- tip head and a 384- well microplate,
only one quadrant of the wells are selected by
default.
To select a quadrant:
Click a well in that quadrant. All the wells in
that quadrant turn green, indicating the selected
wells.
Alternatively, right- click the graphical display to
access the following shortcut menu commands:
• Select all wells
• Clear all selected wells
• Select all wells in highlighted row
• Clear all selected wells in highlighted row
• Select all wells in highlighted column
• Clear all selected wells in highlighted column
Set head mode Opens the Head Mode Selector dialog box.
Series III disposable- tip heads and Bravo 96AM
Head only. To use one row or column of
channels instead of all channels in the head, use
the controls in the dialog box to select which
channels on the head to use.

E
Command Parameters area

The Command Parameters area contains the following controls.
Parameter Description
Command to execute Provides the following list of tasks that you can
run:
• “Aspirate task parameters” on page 299
• “Dispense task parameters” on page 302
• “Dispense to Waste task parameters” on
page 304
• “Mix task parameters” on page 307
• “Pump Reagent parameters” on page 310
• “Shake task parameters” on page 311
• Tips On and Tips Off
• “Vacuum Filtration Station task parameters”
on page 313 (Assemble Vacuum, Disassemble
Vacuum, and Move and Filter Plate)
• “Wash Tips task parameters” on page 316
• “Pin Tool task parameters” on page 320
• Bravo 96AM Head only
– AM Cartridges On and AM Cartridges Off
– “AM Aspirate task parameters” on
page 323
– “AM Dispense task parameters” on
page 328
– “AM Mix task parameters” on page 333
Other commands may be available depending on
the installed accessories. For a complete
description of task parameters, see the VWorks
Execute command Performs the selected task command.

Note: To stop a task before it finishes running,
click Stop motors. To resume movement of the
head, you can use the Enable all motors button
on the Jog/Teach tab.

E
Aspirate task parameters
About this topic

The Aspirate task draws liquid from a microplate or reservoir. This topic
describes the task parameters.
To run the Aspirate task, see “Performing a task using Diagnostics” on
page 104.
Parameter description
The Aspirate task has the following parameters.
Volume (µL) The volume of liquid to be drawn into each
pipette tip.
Pre- aspirate volume (µL) The volume of air to be drawn before the
pipette tips enter the liquid.
Post- aspirate volume (µL) The volume of air to be drawn after the
liquid is drawn.
Liquid class The pipetting speed and accuracy.
IMPORTANT To ensure consistent pipetting,

always select a liquid class for liquid-
handling tasks.
Distance from well bottom The distance between the end of the pipette
(0–100 mm) tips and the well bottoms during the Aspirate
task.
If you specify dynamic tip extension, this is
the distance at the end of the Aspirate task.
IMPORTANT The labware definition must be

accurate and the teachpoint must be precise
in order for the system to position the tips at
the correct distance from the well bottom.)

E
Dynamic tip extension The rate at which the pipette head moves
(0–20 mm/µL) during the Aspirate task. The software
calculates the distance over which the tips
will move without crashing.
Use dynamic tip extension to prevent spills
as the pipette tips displace the liquid.
To move the tips:
• At the same rate as the volume change.
Calculate dynamic tip extension (DTE) as
follows:
DTE = (well depth)/(well vol) = 1/A,
where A is the cross- sectional area of a
well with straight walls
• Faster than the volume change.
DTE > 1/A
• Slower than the volume change.
DTE < 1/A
The starting and ending positions can be
calculated as follows:
(Vaspirated * DTE) + Distancewell bottom
Note: Instead of a negative aspirated volume,
the software automatically moves downward
toward the well bottom with each aspirate
action.
Pipette technique The pipette location offset you want to use

for the Aspirate task.
The list of pipette techniques are defined in
the Pipette Technique Editor.
Perform tip touch The option to touch the pipette tip on one or
more sides of the well.
Which sides to use for tip The side or sides of the well to use during
touch tip touch: North, South, East, West, North/
South, West/East, West/East/South/North.
Tip touch retract distance The vertical distance for the pipette tips to
(–20 to 50 mm) rise before touching the sides of the wells.

E
Tip touch horizontal offset The horizontal distance the tips move. The
(–5 to 5 mm) value is based on the well diameter specified
by the labware definition.
For example, if you set a value of:
• 0, the tips move a horizontal distance
equal to the well radius
• > 0, the tips attempt to move past the
well radius, which results in a more
forceful tip touch
• < 0, the tips move a distance less than
the radius of the well, resulting in a
lighter tip touch
Related information

Editing the labware classes, liquid VWorks Automation Control Setup

library, or pipetting techniques Guide
Performing a diagnostic task “Performing a task using Diagnostics”

on page 104

E
Dispense task parameters
About this topic

The Dispense task dispenses liquid into a microplate or reservoir. This topic
To run the Dispense task, see “Performing a task using Diagnostics” on
page 104.
Parameter descriptions
The Dispense task has the following parameters.
Empty tips The option to empty all liquid from the tips
instead of using the dispense volume
specification.
Volume (µL) The volume of liquid to be dispensed from

each pipette tip.
Blowout volume (µL) Specifies the volume of air to dispense after

the main volume has been dispensed while
the tips are still in the wells.
Typically, the blowout volume is the same as
the pre- aspirate volume.
Note: Blowout only occurs in the last
quadrant dispensed for a given Dispense task.
Liquid class The liquid class associated with this liquid.
(0–100 mm) tips and the well bottoms during the
Dispense task.
If you specify dynamic tip retraction, this is
the starting distance.

the correct distance from the well bottom.

E
Dynamic tip retraction The rate at which to raise the pipette head
(0–20 mm/µL) during the Dispense task.
Use dynamic tip retraction to prevent spills
To move the tips:
Calculate dynamic tip retraction (DTR) as
follows:
DTR = (well depth)/(well vol) = 1/A,
DTR > 1/A
DTR < 1/A
(Vdispensed * DTR) + Distancewell bottom

for the Dispense task.
forceful tip touch
lighter tip touch

E
Dispense to Waste task parameters
Related information



on page 104
About this topic

This topic describes the task parameters for the Dispense to Waste task, which
is available only for a location with a Tip Wash Station (also known as a
MicroWash Reservoir).
The Dispense to Waste task moves the pipettes by a horizontal offset and then
dispenses used fluid in between the chimneys in the Tip Wash Station. The
software calculates the horizontal offset automatically based on the labware
definition for the Tip Wash Station.
To run the Dispense to Waste task from Diagnostics, see “Performing a task
using Diagnostics” on page 104. To use the task in a protocol, see the VWorks
The Dispense to Waste task has the following parameters.
Empty tips The option to empty all the liquid from the
head into the Tip Wash Station outside the
chimneys.

each pipette.

the tips are still in the Tip Wash Station.

handling tasks.

E
Override dispense flow rate The option to override the dispense velocity
from liquid class specified in the liquid class. Selecting this
option enables you to specify a value for the
dispense flow rate without changing the
liquid class.
Dispense flow rate (0–500 The numerical value or the JavaScript

µL/s) variable that will override the dispense
velocity setting in the liquid class.
A JavaScript variable enables the value to be
assigned later, for example through a VWorks
form. Using a VWorks form, an operator
could easily change the flow rate for a
dispense step in increments from as low as
1 µL/min up to 1001 µL/min using the same
liquid class.
If the task is included in a VWorks macro, a
JavaScript variable enables you to change the
value for the task at the macro level.
IMPORTANT The software requires that the

flow rate value be in microliters per second
(µL/s) at run time. If you want an operator
to enter the value in microliters per minute
(µL/min), you can use scripting to convert
the values for the software to use.
Distance from well bottom The absolute distance between the end of the
(mm) pipette tips and the bottom of the Tip Wash
Station during the Dispense to Waste task.
If you specify dynamic tip retraction, this is
the starting distance.


E
(mm/µL) during the Dispense to Waste task.
To move the pipettes:
follows:
DTR > 1/A
DTR < 1/A
Perform tip touch on North/ The option to touch the tip on an outer side
East side of the adjacent northeast chimney or wall in
the Tip Wash Station after performing the
dispense.
(–20 to 50 mm) rise before performing the tip touch.
forceful tip touch
lighter tip touch
Related information



E
Mix task parameters

on page 104
Mix task parameters
About this topic

The Mix task aspirates and dispenses liquid multiple times to mix it. You can
specify different well- bottom distances for the aspirate and dispense actions.
This topic describes the task parameters.
To run either task, see “Performing a task using Diagnostics” on page 104.
The Mix task parameters include the following.
Volume The volume of liquid to be mixed in each
(0–200 µL) well.
Pre- aspirate volume The volume of air to be drawn before the

(0–200 µL) pipette tips enter the liquid.
Blowout volume Specifies the volume of air to dispense after

(0–200 µL) the main volume has been dispensed while
the tips are still in the wells.

handling tasks.
Mix cycles ((0–100) The number of times to repeat the aspirate-

and- dispense cycle.
Aspirate distance The distance between the end of the pipette

(0–100 mm) tips and the well botttoms during the
aspirate action.


E
Mix task parameters
Dispense at different The option to dispense at a pipette tip height
distance that is different than the aspirate distance.
Select the check box to enter a value for the
dispense distance.
Dispense distance The distance between the end of the pipette

(0–100 mm) tips and the well bottoms during the dispense
action.
(0–20 mm/µL) during the Aspirate task. The software
To move the tips:
follows:
DTE > 1/A
DTE < 1/A
action.

for the Dispense task.

E
Mix task parameters
forceful tip touch
lighter tip touch
Related information



on page 104

E
Pump Reagent parameters
Pump Reagent parameters
About this topic

The Pump Reagent task fills or empties a reservoir or wash tray by pumping
for a specified number of seconds. If the reservoir is on a Weigh Station, the
pump stops fluid flow when the target weight is reached. This topic describes
the task parameters.
To run the Pump Reagent task, see “Performing a task using Diagnostics” on
page 104.
The Pump Reagent task has the following parameters.
Reservoir mode The action of the task:
• Fill
• Empty
Pump speed The speed, in percent of maximum, at which

to pump the reagent.
Pump on time The duration of time, in seconds, to run the

pump:
If the Use weigh station/shelf option is
selected, this value specifies the maximum
time (seconds) to run the pump. If the pump
runs for the full duration without reaching
the weigh station/shelf threshold, an error
occurs.
Use weigh station/shelf The option to use the Weigh Station or Weigh
Shelf.
Weigh station/shelf action The minimum fluid weight, in percent of the

threshold full weight that was calibrated on the Weigh
Station or Weigh Shelf.
For example, you can set the minimum
threshold at 45% so that when the fluid
reaches 45% of the full weight, fluid starts to
pump into the reservoir.
Weigh station stop action The maximum fluid weight, in percent of the
threshold full weight that was calibrated on the Weigh
Station or Weigh Shelf.
For example, you can set the stop threshold
at 60% so that when the fluid reaches 60% of
the full weight, fluid starts to drain or pump
out of the reservoir.

E
Shake task parameters
Related information


Setting up an autofilling location “Workflow to set up an autofilling

station” on page 179

on page 104
About this topic

The Shake task instructs the Orbital Shaking Station to shake. This topic
To run the Shake task, see “Performing a task using Diagnostics” on page 104.
The Shake task contains the following parameters.
Mode The action of the task:
• On. Turns on the Orbital Shaking Station.
• Off. Turns off the Orbital Shaking Station.
• Timed. Turns on the shaking timer. You
must specify the length of time to shake.
RPM The shake speed, in revolutions per minute.
Direction The direction to shake. Select one of the

direction combinations: NWSE, NESW, NS,
EW, NW/SE, NE/SW.
Time for operation in Timed The length of time, in seconds, you want to
mode (s) leave the shaking on. At the end of the
period, the shaking will turn off.

E
Related information


Setting up the Orbital Shaking “Installing and setting up an Orbital

Station Shaking Station” on page 110

on page 104

E
Vacuum Filtration Station task parameters
About this topic

This topic describes the task parameters for the following:
• Assemble Vacuum task. Directs the robot to pick up the Vacuum Filtration
Station components from designated deck locations and stack them in the
order you specify.
• Disassemble Vacuum. Directs the robot to remove components from the
Vacuum Filtration Station and place them back at the locations specified in
the Assemble Vacuum task.
• Move and Filter Plate. Moves a plate to the Vacuum Filtration Station and
turns on the vacuum.
To use the Assemble Vacuum and Disassemble Vacuum tasks, you must first set
the Robot gripper offset value for the labware that will be placed on the
Vacuum Filtration Station during a protocol run. You set the offset in the
Labware Editor.
To run the Vacuum Filtration Station tasks, see “Performing a task using
Diagnostics” on page 104.
Parameter description: Assemble Vacuum task
Assembly order The order, from bottom to top, in which you
want to stack the station components. The
selections are:
• Base- Collection plate- Filter plate- Collar
(configuration A)
• Base- Collection plate- Collar
(configuration B)
• Base- Collar (configuration C)
For details, see “Installing and setting up a
Vacuum Filtration Station” on page 118.
Vacuum Filtration base The location of the Vacuum Filtration Station

base.

E
Insert height (0- 15 mm) The height of the white plastic spacer, if
present, that can be placed in the base
manually before starting the protocol. The
insert is used to raise the height of the
collection plate and reduce the spacing
between the filter plate nozzles and the
collection plate underneath.
Measure the height (mm) from the bottom
edge to the top edge of the insert. If you are
using multiple inserts, measure the combined
height of the stack of inserts.
If no insert is in the base, use a value of

0.0 mm (default).
CAUTION If the assembled stack of plates and
inserts is too tall, the collar of the Vacuum Filtration
Station may not seal properly during the vacuum tasks,
and the software will display an error message.
Parameter description: Disassemble Vacuum task
Vacuum Filtration Assembly The location of the assembled Vacuum
Filtration Station.
Parameter description: Move and Filter Plate task
Mode The action of the task. The options are On,
Off, and Timed.
• On and Off. If you are not timing the
filtering process, add two Move and
Filter Plate tasks in the protocol for
each filtering operation. One task turns
on the vacuum (Mode = On), and the
other task turns off the vacuum (Mode
= Off).
• Timed. If you plan to time the filtering
process, add only one Move and Filter
Plate task. The task turns on the
vacuum, and then turns off the vacuum
automatically at the end of the time
period.

E
When filtration timing begin The different options for when to start
ME4C VARIO Vacuum Pump timing the filtration process:
only • When pressure is achieved
• When the vacuum pump starts
Time for operation in Timed The duration, in seconds, that you want to
mode (s) leave the vacuum on. At the end of the
period, the vacuum will turn off.
Hold or tap down filter plate The different options for whether to have
Bravo Platform only the Bravo gripper hold down the filter
plate when the vacuum is turned on to
ensure a secure vacuum seal:
• None
• Tap down. The Bravo gripper will hold
down the filter plate from the top only
for the time period specified in the
Duration for tap down parameter.
• Hold down. The Bravo gripper will hold
down the filter plate from the top for
the duration of the task.
Note: If you select None or Tap down, the
protocol can perform other tasks in
parallel. Concurrent operation is not an
option if you select Hold down.
Duration for tap down (1- 30 s) The length of time, in seconds, that the
Bravo Platform only Bravo gripper will hold down the filter
plate if the Tap down option is selected.
Time allowed to reach The length of time, in seconds, to allow the

pressure(s) vacuum to reach the specified target
ME4C VARIO Vacuum Pump pressure. An error message displays if the
only target pressure is not reached within the
time specified.
Pressure units The desired unit of measure: mbar, Torr,

ME4C VARIO Vacuum Pump hPa, mmHg, cmHg, or inHg.
only
IMPORTANT The Pump Pressure Units
setting in the profile configuration must
match the units set at the VARIO pump
controller in order for the software to
convert the values to different pressure
units.

E
Wash Tips task parameters
Target pressure The difference between the pressure of the
ME4C VARIO Vacuum Pump outside atmosphere above the filter and the
only pressure in the Vacuum Filtration Station
manifold, including the enclosure beneath
the filter.
For example, if you set the Target pressure
to 600 mbar and the ambient pressure
displayed on the Vario pump is 1000 mbar,
the vacuum will remain on until the
reading on the Vario pump reaches
400 mbar.
Vent delay The length of time, in seconds, to wait for

ME4C VARIO Vacuum Pump the air pressure under the filter to equalize
only with the ambient air pressure.
Related information


Setting up the Vacuum Filtration “Installing and setting up a Vacuum

Station Filtration Station” on page 118

on page 104
About this topic

The Wash Tips task washes pipette tips using a number of aspirate and
dispense actions. This topic describes the task parameters.
To run the Wash Tips task, see “Performing a task using Diagnostics” on
page 104.
The Wash Tips task has the following parameters.

E
Empty tips The option to empty the entire contents of
the pipette tips, including fluid and air. The
Volume parameter is ignored if this option is
selected.

each pipette tip.

the main volume has been dispensed.
Note: Blowout only occurs in the last
quadrant dispensed for a given dispense
action.
Liquid class The liquid class associated with this liquid.

handling tasks.
Mix cycles The number of times you want to aspirate

and dispense. Each cycle consists of one
aspirate action and one dispense action.
(mm) tips and the well bottoms during the Wash
Tips task.


E
(mm/(µL) during the Wash Tips task. The software
To move the tips:
follows:
DTE > 1/A
DTE < 1/A
(Vdispensed * DTE) + Dwell bottom
(Vaspirated * DTE) + Dwell bottom
Which side to perform tip The wall or walls for tip touch: North, South,
touch East, West, North/South, West/East, West/
East/South/North.
If you also select the Dispense to waste
during wash option, the tip touch is
performed on the northeast side only.
Tip touch retract distance The vertical distance the pipette tips rise
before touching the sides of the wells.
value is based on the well diameter specified
The value of the parameter determines the
direction of movement:
• 0. Tips move a horizontal distance equal
to the well radius.
• Great than 0. Tips attempt to move past
the well radius, which results in a more
forceful tip touch.
• Less than 0. Tips move a distance less
than the radius of the well, resulting in a
lighter tip touch.

E
Pump fill speed (%) The speed, in percent of maximum speed, of
liquid flow into the reservoir.
For the MicroWash Reservoir, this value
should be high enough for the washing liquid
to just bubble over the tops of the chimneys.
Pump empty speed (%) The speed, in percent of maximum speed, of

liquid flow out of the the reservoir.
For the MicroWash Reservoir, this value
should be slightly higher than that of the
inflow pump to prevent an overflow.
Dispense to waste during The option to move the tips by a specified

wash offset (defined in the Labware Editor) and
dispense used fluid outside of the reservoir
chimney.
This option applies only to reservoirs that
have chimneys.
Dispense to waste at height The height at which the dispense action

(mm) occurs.
For example, during the dispense action, the
tips move up to clear the chimneys, move the
offset distance, and then lower to the
distance you specified. If you want the lower
the tips by 10 mm, specify –10 mm.
Related information



on page 104

E
Pin Tool task parameters
About this topic

This topic describes the task parameters for the Pin Tool task.
To run the Pin Tool task, see “Performing a task using Diagnostics” on
page 104.
The Pin Tool task contains the following parameters.
Dwell time (s) The time duration that the pins remain at the
specified height (First distance or Second
distance) within the well.
For example, you might start with the
following values:
• Adsorb, Dispense into fluid, or Mix—0.5 s
or longer for more viscous fluids
• Blot—2 s, or longer for more viscous
fluids
Descriptive label A text label that you can add to the task icon
in the protocol. Click the arrow in the
Descriptive label box to choose an option.
The options include:
• Enter a JavaScript variable or script.
• Use a predefined label: Adsorb, Dispense,
Wash, Blot, or Mix
• Type your own label in the box.
Liquid class A parameter that you can use to control the

accuracy and the speed of the pin tool as it
moves into and out of the wells.

handling tasks.

for the Pin Tool task.

E
First distance (mm) The first height for the pin tool during the
Pin Tool task. The value is the distance
between the pin tips and the well bottoms.
For example, during an adsorb step, you
might set this value to 0 mm so that the pin
tips touch the bottom of the wells. This
parameter can affect the quantity adsorbed.

in order for the system to position the pins
at the correct distance from the well bottom.
Use two distances The option to specify a second height for the
pins during the Pin Tool task.
For example, you could cycle the pin
positions between two heights within the
wells repeatedly to perform mixing or to
wash the pins.
Default: Not selected
Second distance (mm) The distance between the pin tips and the
well bottoms at the second height for the
pins.

in order for the system to position the pins
at the correct distance from the well bottom.
Cycles Available if you select the Use two distances

option. The Cycles parameter sets the number
of times to move the pins repeatedly to the
two heights, for example to perform mixing
or to wash the pins.
Perform tip touch The option to touch the pins on one or more
sides of the well, or to enable the pins to
make lateral stirring moves inside the fluid,
for example during a wash task.
Tip touch retract distance The vertical distance for the pins to move
(mm) before moving laterally within the well,
where
• 0 is the vertical distance equal to the well
bottom
• > 0 is the vertical distance the pins rise
above the bottom
• < 0 is the vertical distance the pins
attempt to move past the well bottom

E
Tip touch horizontal offset The horizontal distance that the pins move.
(mm) The value is based on the well diameter
specified by the labware definition,
where
• 0 is a distance equal to the well radius
• > 0 is the distance the pins attempt to
move past the well radius, which results
in a more forceful tip touch
• < 0 is a distance less than the radius of
the well, resulting in a lighter tip touch
or no tip touch
Related information



on page 104

E
AM Aspirate task parameters
About this topic

This topic describes the task parameters for the AM Aspirate task, which is
available only for the Bravo 96AM Head.
The AM Aspirate task is designed for aspirating fluids through AssayMAP
Bravo cartridges that are mounted on the Bravo 96AM Head. In addition to the
parameters for the Aspirate task, the AM Aspirate task allows you to override
the flow rate from liquid class.
To run the AM Aspirate task from Diagnostics, see “Performing a task using
Diagnostics” on page 104. To use the task in a protocol, see the VWorks
The AM Aspirate task has the following parameters.
Volume (µL) The volume of liquid to be drawn into each
probe, cartridge, or tip.
probes, cartridges, or tips enter the liquid.
Post- aspirate volume (µL) The volume of air to be drawn after the
liquid is drawn.

handling tasks.
Override aspirate flow The option to override the aspirate velocity in

rate from liquid class the specified liquid class. Selecting this
aspirate flow rate without changing the liquid
class.

E
Aspirate flow rate (0–500 The numerical value or the JavaScript
µL/s) variable that will override the aspirate
assigned later. For example, using a VWorks
form, an operator could easily change the
flow rate for an aspirate step in increments
from as low as 1 µL/min up to 2000 µL/min
or more using the same liquid class.


E
Distance from well bottom The distance between the tips of the probes,
(- 20–100 mm) cartridges, or disposable tips and the well
bottoms during the AM Aspirate task.
the distance at the end of the AM Aspirate
task.
Use a positive number for tasks that are
performed with mounted cartridges, mounted
tips, or bare probes at labware other than a
cartridge rack.
If the task is performed in the upper cup of
unmounted cartridges, you can use a negative
number for the parameter value. In this case,
the well bottom is the top of the cartridge
cup, as shown in the following figure.
For example, a negative number enables a

cup wash step while the cartridges are in the
cartridge rack before they are mounted on
the Bravo 96AM Head.
IMPORTANT You can use a negative number

for this parameter only if the AM Aspirate
task is performed in cartridges that are
located in a cartridge rack.


E
Dynamic tip extension The rate at which the Bravo 96AM Head
(0–20 mm/µL) moves during the AM Aspirate task. The
software calculates the distance over which
the tips will move without crashing.
To move the tips:
follows:
DTE > 1/A
DTE < 1/A
action.

for the AM Aspirate task.

E
forceful tip touch
lighter tip touch
Related information



on page 104

E
AM Dispense task parameters
About this topic

This topic describes the task parameters for the AM Dispense task, which is
The AM Dispense task is designed for dispensing fluids through AssayMAP
Bravo cartridges that are mounted on the Bravo 96AM Head. In addition to the
parameters for the Dispense task, the AM Dispense task allows you to override
the flow rate from liquid class.
To run the AM Dispense task from Diagnostics, see “Performing a task using
The AM Dispense task has the following parameters.
Empty tips The option to empty all liquid from the
probes, cartridges, or tips instead of using
the dispense volume specification.

each probe, cartridge, or tip.

the probes, cartridges, or tips are still in the
wells.
Note: Blowout occurs only in the last
quadrant dispensed for a given AM Dispense
task.

handling tasks.
Override dispense flow The option to override the dispense velocity

rate from liquid class in the selected liquid class. Selecting this
dispense flow rate without changing the
liquid class.

E
Dispense flow rate (0– The numerical value or the JavaScript
500 µL/s) variable that will override the dispense
flow rate for an aspirate step in increments
from as low as 1 µL/min up to 2000 µL/min
or more using the same liquid class.


E
Distance from well bottom The distance between the tips of the probes,
(- 20–100 mm) cartridges, or disposable tips and the well
bottoms during the AM Dispense task.
the distance at the end of the AM Dispense
task.
Use a positive number for tasks that are
performed with mounted cartridges, mounted
tips, or bare probes at labware other than a
cartridge rack.
If the task is performed in the upper cup of
unmounted cartridges, you can use a negative
number for the parameter value. In this case,
the well bottom is the top of the cartridge
cup, as shown in the following figure.
For example, a negative number enables a

prewetting step before mounting and priming
the cartridges.
IMPORTANT You can use a negative number

for this parameter only if the AM Dispense
task is performed in cartridges that are
located in a cartridge rack.


E
(0–20 mm/µL) during the Dispense task.
To move the tips:
follows:
DTR > 1/A
DTR < 1/A

for the AM Dispense task.
Perform tip touch The option to touch the probes, cartridges, or

tips on one or more sides of the well.
Tip touch retract distance The vertical distance for the probes,
(–20 to 50 mm) cartridges, or tips to rise before touching the
sides of the wells.
forceful tip touch
lighter tip touch

E
Related information



on page 104

E
AM Mix task parameters
About this topic

This topic describes the task parameters for the AM Mix task, which is
The AM Mix task is designed for aspirating and dispensing fluids through
AssayMAP Bravo cartridges that are mounted on the Bravo 96AM Head.
To run the AM Mix task from Diagnostics, see “Performing a task using
The AM Mix task has the following parameters.
Volume (µL) The volume of liquid to be mixed in each
well.
Blowout volume (µL) The volume of air to dispense after the main
volume has been dispensed while the tips are
still in the wells.
Liquid class The pipetting velocity and accuracy.

handling tasks.
Override flow rates from The option to override the aspirate and
liquid class dispense velocity in the selected liquid class.
Selecting this option enables you to specify a
value for the flow rate without changing the
liquid class.

E
Aspirate/dispense flow The numerical value or the JavaScript
rate (0–500 µL/s) variable that will override both the aspirate
and dispense velocity in the selected liquid
class.
flow rate for a mix step in increments from
as low as 1 µL/min up to 2000 µL/min or
more using the same liquid class.

Mix cycles (0–100) The number of times to repeat the aspirate-

and- dispense cycle.
Dynamic tip extension The rate at which the Bravo 96AM Head
(0–20 mm/µL) moves during the aspirate action. The
software calculates the distance over which
the tips will move without crashing.
To move the tips:
follows:
DTE > 1/A
DTE < 1/A
action.

E
for the Mix task.
Aspirate distance The distance between the end of the pipette

(0–100 mm) tips and the well botttoms during the
aspirate action.

Dispense at different The option to dispense at a pipette tip height

distance that is different than the aspirate distance.
Select the check box to enter a value for the
dispense distance.
Dispense distance The distance between the tips of the probes,

(0–100 mm) cartridges, or disposable tips and the well
bottoms during the dispense action.
Perform tip touch The option to touch the tips on one or more
sides of the well.
Tip touch retract distance The vertical distance for the tips to rise
(–20 to 50 mm) before touching the sides of the wells.
forceful tip touch
lighter tip touch

E
Related information



on page 104

Agilent Technologies
User Guide
G5562-90000
Revision C, April 2018

#1G5562-90000C Bravo UG S EN PDF

Uploaded by

Document Informationclick to expand document information

Document Informationclick to expand document information

Copyright:

Available Formats

#1G5562-90000C Bravo UG S EN PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

#1G5562-90000C Bravo UG S EN PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Bravo Platform

For Research Use Only. Not for use in

Microsoft® and Windows® are either Restricted Rights Legend

2. Setting up the Bravo Platform . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17

3. Preparing for a protocol run . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57

4. Maintenance and troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61

Bravo Platform User Guide iii

5. Using diagnostics software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93

A. Accessories and platepads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107

B. Autofilling accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177

C. Setting up the Barcode Reader . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187

D. AssayMAP Bravo Platform . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199

Verifying the AssayMAP Peltier Thermal Station configuration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236

E. Diagnostics quick reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275

Bravo Platform User Guide v

About this guide

Who should read this guide

Job role Responsibilities

Integrator Configures hardware and writes software.

Lab manager, • Manages the automation system that contains the

Operator Performs the daily production work on the device and

What this guide covers

What is new in this revision

Feature and description See…

Revised the procedure for connecting the “Connecting to house vacuum

viii Bravo Platform User Guide

Feature and description See…

G5562A, G5563A Bravo Platform

Bravo Platform User Guide ix

For more information about... See...

Reporting problems “Reporting problems” on page 90

Bravo Platform safety G5562A, G5563A Bravo Platform Safety

x Bravo Platform User Guide

Accessing product user information

About this topic

Where to find user information

Accessing safety information

Using the knowledge base

To open the knowledge base, do one of the following:

Bravo Platform User Guide xi

Opening the help topic for an area in the VWorks window

To access the context-sensitive help feature:

xii Bravo Platform User Guide

Features in the Knowledge Base window

2 Navigation buttons. Enable you to navigate through the next or

3 Content area. Displays the selected online help topic.

4 Toolbar buttons. Enable you to print the topic or send documentation

Bravo Platform User Guide xiii

For more information about... See...

Site requirements for installation G5562A, G5563A Bravo Platform

Reporting problems “Reporting problems” on page 90

xiv Bravo Platform User Guide

Figure Bravo Platform (front view)

For more information about… See…

Stopping in an emergency “Emergency stops” on page 58

2 Bravo Platform User Guide

About the Bravo Platform